10-K 1 bj-20190202x10k.htm 10-K Document


 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
___________________________________
FORM 10-K
___________________________________
☒     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 or
☐      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                  to                 
Commission File No. 001-38559
___________________________________
a10kimage1a01.jpg
BJ’S WHOLESALE CLUB HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
___________________________________
Delaware
State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization
 
45-2936287
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
25 Research Drive
Westborough, Massachusetts
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
01581
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (774) 512-7400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
 
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
 
New York Stock Exchange


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
___________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES  ☐    NO  ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    YES  ☐  NO ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  ☒    NO  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    YES  ☒    NO  ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
Accelerated Filer
Non-accelerated filer
 
Smaller reporting company
 
 
 
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    YES  ☐    NO  ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of August 3, 2018 the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $1,178,447,664. The registrant has no non-voting common equity.
The number of outstanding shares of common stock of the registrant as of March 15, 2019 was 137,830,842.

.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None





Table of Contents
 
Page No
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

2



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including, without limitation, statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, transformation, strategic priorities and future progress, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “project,” “believe,” “estimate” or “predict” “or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are subject to a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, including the factors described in Part I. "Item 1A. Risk Factors” and Part II. "Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.
TRADEMARKS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes trademarks and service marks owned by us, including BJ’s Wholesale Club®, BJ’s®, Wellsley Farms®, Berkley Jensen®, My BJ’s Perks®, BJ’s Easy Renewal®, BJ’s Gas®, BJ’s Perks Elite®, BJ’s Perks Plus®, Inner Circle® and BJ’s Perks Rewards®. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also contains trademarks, trade names and service marks of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may appear without the ®, ™ or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.



3



MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This report includes estimates regarding market and industry data that we prepared based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, together with information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate.

In this report, we make reference to consistently offering 25% or more savings on a representative basket of manufacturer-branded groceries compared to typical supermarket competitors. The following is how we verify that we provide our members this value:

We periodically identify the four supermarket chains (or banners) most prevalent in our clubs’ primary trade areas (the “Supermarket Competitors”).

We create a “basket” of 100 popular manufacturer-branded grocery food and non-food items, each of which was among our top-selling national brand items in its category and was also carried, in varying pack sizes, in supermarkets. We believe this basket is representative of manufacturer-branded grocery items because of their popular appeal and recognition—as evidenced by both presence and sales volume—in our clubs and at the Supermarket Competitors.

We hire an independent third-party company to visit multiple (a minimum of six) sites for each of the Supermarket Competitors, which are located in the trade areas of one or more of our clubs, no less frequently than once every two weeks. The third-party comparison shoppers record the prices of each item in the basket carried by the Supermarket Competitor, in the closest pack size to the size BJ’s carries, and then they calculate the price on a unit-price basis. We compare unit prices to ensure a common denominator for price comparisons. We direct the measurement company to ignore coupons and exclude items that were on promotion by us or by a Supermarket Competitor, as promotional prices do not represent everyday values in our view.

To calculate the Supermarket Competitors’ average price for the items in the basket, we average the measured prices of the items at each Supermarket Competitor store sampled, create an average measured unit price for each item at each Supermarket Competitor, compare those to our chain average unit price, and arrive at a relative percentage difference for each Supermarket Competitor. We then average these percentage differences for the four Supermarket Competitors. The average difference is consistently more than 25%.


We will only include an item in the basket if it is carried by at least two of the four Supermarket Competitors. This means that over time we may replace items in the basket with different comparable items, if we are consistently unable to get prices for comparison on an item, to be sure we continue to offer the same relative savings.

We also use a rolling average of measured prices. At a minimum, we will use an average of two consecutive periodic or monthly measurements of prices at both BJ’s (using our chain average price) and the Supermarket Competitors. We may use up to 52 consecutive weeks, or 12 consecutive months, of price data for comparison. We make our savings claim using price data that are not more than 60 days old, as to the most recent price measurement in the data set.

The Supermarket Competitors do not include non-traditional sellers of groceries, such as drugstores, online sellers, superstores, convenience stores, other membership clubs and mass market retailers.

In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets for the products we distribute. Market share data is subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of market shares. In addition, customer preferences are subject to change. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such market share data. References herein to the markets in which we conduct our business refer to the geographic metropolitan areas in which our clubs are located.


4



DEFINED TERMS
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
“The Company,” “BJ’s,” “we,” “us” and “our” mean BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. and, unless the context otherwise requires, its consolidated subsidiaries;

“Sponsors” means investment funds affiliated with or advised by CVC Capital Partners (“CVC”) and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. (“Leonard Green”);

"IPO" means our initial public offering of shares of our common stock completed on July 2, 2018;

"2018 Secondary Offering" means the secondary offering of shares of our common stock by certain selling shareholders completed on September 27, 2018; and
 
"March 2019 Secondary Offering" means the secondary offering of shares of our common stock by certain selling shareholders completed on March 11, 2019.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
We report on the basis of a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to the last day of January. Accordingly, references herein to “fiscal year 2018” relate to the 52 weeks ending February 2, 2019, references herein to “fiscal year 2017” relate to the 53 weeks ended February 3, 2018, and references herein to “fiscal year 2016” relate to the 52 weeks ended January 28, 2017. In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless otherwise noted, when we compare a metric (such as comparable club sales) between one period and a “prior period,” we are comparing it to the analogous period from the prior fiscal year.






5



PART I
Item 1. Business

General
BJ’s Wholesale Club is a leading warehouse club operator on the east coast of the United States. We deliver significant value to our members, consistently offering 25% or more savings on a representative basket of manufacturer-branded groceries compared to traditional supermarket competitors. We provide a curated assortment focused on perishable products, continuously refreshed general merchandise, gasoline and other ancillary services to deliver a differentiated shopping experience, that is further enhanced by our omnichannel capabilities.
Over the last three years, we have hired Chris Baldwin as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and have made multiple senior management hires and changes, adding consumer packaged goods, digital and consulting experience to our leadership team. This new leadership team has implemented significant cultural and operational changes to our business, including transforming how we use data to improve member experience, instilling a culture of cost discipline, adopting a more proactive approach to growing our membership base and building an omnichannel offering oriented towards making shopping at BJ's more convenient. These changes have delivered results rapidly, evidenced by positive comparable club sales over the last six quarters and net income growth of over 150% and adjusted EBITDA growth of 8% in aggregate form from fiscal year 2017 to fiscal year 2018. In fiscal year 2018, we generated total revenues, net income and Adjusted EBITDA of $13.0 billion, $127.3 million and $578.4 million, respectively.
Since pioneering the warehouse club model in New England in 1984, we have grown our footprint to 216 large-format, high volume warehouse clubs spanning 16 states. In our core New England markets, which have high population density and generate a disproportionate part of U.S. GDP, we operate almost three times the number of clubs of the next largest warehouse club competitor. In addition to shopping in our clubs, members are able to shop when and how they want through our website, www.bjs.com; our highly-rated mobile app and our integrated Instacart same-day delivery offering.
Our goal is to offer our members significant value and a meaningful return, in savings, on their annual membership fee. We have approximately 5.5 million members paying annual fees to gain access to savings on groceries, consumables, general merchandise, gas and ancillary services. The annual membership fee for our Inner Circle® Membership is $55 per year, and our BJ’s Perks Rewards® Membership, which offers additional value-enhancing features, costs $110 annually. We believe that members can save over ten times their $55 Inner Circle membership fee versus what they would have paid at traditional supermarket competitors when they spend $2,500 or more per year at BJ’s on manufacturer-branded groceries. In addition to providing significant savings on a representative basket of manufacturer-branded groceries, we accept all manufacturer coupons and also carry our own exclusive brands that enable members to save on price without compromising on quality. Our two private label brands, Wellsley Farms® and Berkley Jensen®, represent over $2 billion in sales, and are the largest brands we sell. Our customers recognize the relevance of our value proposition across economic environments, as demonstrated by over 20 consecutive years of membership fee income growth. Our membership fee income was $282.9 million for fiscal year 2018 and represents approximately half of our Adjusted EBITDA.
Our Clubs
As of February 2, 2019, we operated 216 clubs ranging in size from 63,000 square feet to 150,000 square feet. We aim to locate our larger clubs in high density, high traffic locations that are difficult to replicate. We design our smaller format clubs to serve markets whose population is not sufficient to support a larger club or that are in locations, such as urban areas, where there is inadequate real estate space for a larger club. Including space for parking, the amount of land required for a BJ’s club generally ranges from 8 acres to approximately 14 acres. The use of garage parking can in some cases reduce the amount of land necessary for a club. Our clubs are located in both free-standing locations and shopping centers.
We buy most of our merchandise directly from manufacturers and route it to cross-docking consolidation points (distribution centers) or directly to our clubs. Our company-operated and contracted distribution centers receive large shipments from manufacturers and quickly ship these goods to individual clubs. This process creates freight volume and handling efficiencies, eliminating many costs associated with traditional multiple-step distribution channels.




6



A summary of our club locations by market as of February 2, 2019 is set forth in the table below:
Market
Store Count

New York
44

Florida
31

Massachusetts
25

New Jersey
23

Pennsylvania
17

Connecticut
13

Virginia
13

Maryland
12

North Carolina
10

New Hampshire
6

Ohio
6

Georgia
5

Delaware
4

Maine
3

Rhode Island
3

South Carolina
1

Industry Overview
Warehouse clubs offer a relatively narrow assortment of food and general merchandise items within a wide range of product categories. In order to achieve high sales volumes and rapid inventory turnover, merchandise selections are generally limited to items that are brand name leaders in their categories alongside an assortment of private label brands. Since warehouse clubs sell a diversified selection of product categories, they attract customers from a wide range of other wholesale and retail distribution channels, such as supermarkets, supercenters, internet retailers, gasoline stations, hard discounters, department and specialty stores and operators selling a narrow range of merchandise. These higher cost distribution channels have traditionally been unable to match the low prices offered by warehouse clubs over long periods.
Warehouse clubs eliminate many of the merchandise handling costs associated with traditional multiple-step distribution channels by purchasing full truckloads of merchandise directly from manufacturers and by storing merchandise on the sales floor rather than in central warehouses. By operating no-frills, self-service warehouse facilities, warehouse clubs have fixturing and operating costs substantially below those of traditional retailers. Because of their higher sales volumes and rapid inventory turnover, warehouse clubs generate cash from the sale of a large portion of their inventory before they are required to pay merchandise vendors. As a result, a greater percentage of the inventory is financed through vendor payment terms than by working capital. Two broad groups of customers, individual households and small businesses, have been attracted to the savings made possible by the high sales volumes and operating efficiencies achieved by warehouse clubs. Customers at warehouse clubs are generally limited to members who pay an annual fee.
Merchandising
We service our existing members and attract new members by providing a broad range of high quality, brand name and private label merchandise at prices that are consistently lower than the prices of traditional retailers, including discount retailers, supermarkets, supercenters and specialty retail operations. We limit the items offered in each product line to fast selling styles, sizes and colors, carrying approximately 7,200 active stock keeping units (SKUs). By contrast, supermarkets normally carry an average of 40,000 SKUs, and supercenters may stock 100,000 SKUs or more. We work closely with manufacturers to develop packaging and sizes that are best suited for selling through the warehouse club format in order to minimize handling costs and ensure value to our members.

7



We group our merchandise offerings into perishables, edible grocery, non-edible grocery and general merchandise categories.
Perishables: consist of our meat, produce, dairy, bakery, deli and frozen products, and constituted approximately 32% of our merchandise sales for fiscal year 2018.
Edible grocery: consists of packaged foods (including breakfast foods, salty snacks and candy) and beverages (including juices, water, beer, wine and liquor) and constituted approximately 27% of our merchandise sales for fiscal year 2018.
Non-edible grocery: consists of detergents, disinfectants, paper products, beauty care, adult and baby care and pet foods, and constituted approximately 25% of our merchandise sales for fiscal year 2018.
General merchandise: consists of small appliances, televisions, electronics, seasonal goods and apparel and constituted approximately 16% of our merchandise sales for fiscal year 2018.  
BJ’s consumer-focused private label products, sold under Wellsley Farms® and Berkley Jensen® brands, comprised approximately 20% of total merchandise sales in fiscal year 2018, compared to 10% of total merchandise sales in fiscal year 2012. These products are primarily premium quality and generally are priced below the branded competing product. We focus both on a group of core private label products that compete with national brands that have among the highest market share and yield high margins and on differentiated products that drive member loyalty.
We also offer a number of specialty services that are designed to enable members to complete more of their shopping at our clubs and to encourage more frequent trips to the clubs. Many of these services are provided by outside operators under license from us. Specialty services include full-service optical centers; tire installation services; a propane tank filling service; home improvement services; travel services; an automobile buying service; a car rental service; garden and storage sheds; patios and sunrooms; payment processing services; and product protection plans.
As of February 2, 2019, we had 138 gasoline stations in operation at or near our clubs. The gas stations are generally self-service, with some locations also accepting cash. Both regular and premium gasoline are available. We generally maintain our gas prices below the average prices in each market as a means of illustrating a favorable price image to existing and prospective members.
Omnichannel Offering

Our e-commerce business, www.bjs.com, provides hundreds of our general merchandise products as well as thousands of additional products generally not found in our clubs. We provide delivery of these products to our members’ home or office. Items sold on our website include electronics, computers, office supplies and equipment, products for the home, health and beauty aids, sporting goods, outdoor living, baby products, toys and jewelry. In addition, we offer, through third party providers, services such as tire installation, travel and insurance and more. In addition to e-commerce capabilities, our highly-rated mobile app offers Add-to-Card Coupons functionality, which alleviates the hassle of paper coupons by allowing members to digitally save our own and national brand coupons and offers directly onto the app, and Express Scan capability, which enables our members to self-checkout by scanning purchases on their smartphone. We have also rolled out an integrated same-day delivery offering with club pricing and a fixed delivery fee.
Membership
Paid membership is an essential element of the warehouse club concept. In addition to providing a source of revenue which permits us to offer low prices, membership reinforces customer loyalty. We have a large base of approximately 5.5 million paid memberships as of fiscal year 2018. Our target customers care about value, quality and convenience and shop at warehouse clubs for their family needs. Our target customers are a price sensitive demographic with large household sizes, representing the largest segment of warehouse club shoppers in BJ’s trade areas, with 9 million households and $7 billion of annual club channel grocery spend. While we believe we also appeal to a wider range of household incomes, we target households with an average annual income of approximately $75,000. We believe this group represents a historically underserved demographic in our core markets.
We offer two core types of memberships: Inner Circle® memberships and business memberships. We generally charge $55 per year for a primary Inner Circle membership that includes one additional card for a household member. Primary members may purchase up to three supplemental memberships for $30 each. A primary business membership costs $55 per year and includes one free supplemental membership. Business members may purchase up to eight additional supplemental business memberships at $30 each. U.S. military personnel—active and veteran—who enroll at a BJ’s club location can do so for a reduced membership fee. We had approximately 5.5 million paid members at February 2, 2019.

8



BJ’s Perks Rewards®, our higher tier of membership, offers members the opportunity to earn 2% cash back on most in-Club and www.bjs.com purchases. The annual fee for a BJ’s Perks Rewards Membership is $110 per year. We also offer our co-branded My BJ’s Perks® Mastercard® credit cards. These cards provide members with the opportunity to earn up to 5% cash back on purchases made at our clubs or online at www.bjs.com and a 10-cent per gallon discount on gasoline when paying with a My BJ’s Perks Mastercard at our BJ’s Gas locations. We offer among the most competitive gasoline prices in our markets, evidenced by GasBuddy naming BJ’s Gas among the top 10 on its 100 U.S. Best Value Brands for 2016. Since fiscal year 2014, we have grown co-branded Mastercard holders by 421%. In fiscal year 2018, BJ’s Perks Rewards members and co-branded Mastercard members accounted for 23% of members and 39% of spend.
Advertising and Public Relations
We promote customer awareness of our clubs primarily through social media, direct mail, public relations efforts, radio advertising, community involvement, new club marketing programs and various publications sent to our members periodically throughout the year. We also employ dedicated marketing personnel who solicit potential business members and who contact other selected organizations to increase the number of members. We also run free promotional membership and initially discounted membership promotions to attract new members, with the objective of converting them to paid members. These programs result in low marketing expenses compared to typical retailers.
Club Operations
Our ability to achieve profitable operations depends upon high sales volumes and the efficient operation of our warehouse clubs. We buy most of our merchandise from manufacturers for shipment either to a BJ’s cross-dock facility or directly to our clubs. This eliminates many of the costs associated with traditional multiple-step distribution channels, including distributors’ commissions and the costs of storing merchandise in central distribution facilities.
We route the majority of our purchases through cross-dock facilities which break down truckload quantity shipments from manufacturers and reallocates these goods for shipment to individual clubs, generally within 24 hours. Our efficient distribution systems result in reduced freight expenses and lower handling costs compared to other retailers. We contract with a third party that operates three perishables distribution centers for us.
We work closely with manufacturers to minimize the amount of handling required once merchandise is received at a club. Merchandise for sale is generally displayed on pallets containing large quantities of each item, thereby reducing labor required for handling, stocking and restocking. Back-up merchandise is generally stored in steel racks above the sales floor.
Information Systems
We strive to use information systems and technology to improve the control and the efficiency of our business model. We completed an implementation of SAP enterprise resource planning software in fiscal year 2015 and are focused on leveraging the efficiency benefits of SAP as well as implementing new checkout technologies to improve member convenience.
Competition
We compete with a wide range of national, regional and local retailers and wholesalers selling food and/or general merchandise in our markets, including supermarkets, supercenters, general merchandise chains, specialty chains, gasoline stations and other warehouse clubs, some of which have significantly greater financial and marketing resources than BJ’s. Major competitors that operate warehouse clubs include Costco Wholesale Corporation and Sam’s Clubs (a division of Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.), both of which operate on a multi-national basis.
We believe price is the major competitive factor in the markets in which we compete. Other competitive factors include store location, merchandise selection, member services and name recognition. We believe our efficient, low-cost form of distribution gives us a significant competitive advantage over more traditional channels of retail distribution.
Intellectual Property
We believe that, to varying degrees, our trademarks, trade names, copyrights, proprietary processes, trade secrets, patents, trade dress, domain names and similar intellectual property add significant value to our business and are important to our success. We have invested significantly in the development and protection of our well-recognized brands, including our private label brands, Wellsley Farms® and Berkley Jensen®. We believe that products sold under our private label brands are high quality, offered to our members at prices that are generally lower than those for comparable national brand products and help lower costs, differentiate our merchandise offerings from other retailers and generally earn higher margins. We expect to continue to increase the sales penetration of our private label items.

9




We rely on trademark and copyright laws, trade-secret protection, and confidentiality, license and other agreements with our suppliers, employees and others to protect our intellectual property rights. The availability and duration of trademark registrations vary by country; however, trademarks are generally valid and may be renewed indefinitely as long as they are in use and their registrations are properly maintained.
Government Regulation
We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing truth-in-advertising, privacy laws, environmental laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers and govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of clubs, warehouses and Company-operated and contracted distribution center facilities.
Our clubs are also subject to various local, state and federal laws, regulations and administrative practices affecting our business. We must comply with provisions regulating health and sanitation standards, food labeling, equal employment, minimum wages, environmental protection, licensing for the sale of food and, in many clubs, licensing for beer and wine or other alcoholic beverages. Our operations, including the manufacturing, processing, formulating, packaging, labeling and advertising of products are subject to regulation by various federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the FTC, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”), the Consumer Product Safety Commission (the “CPSC”) and the Environmental Protection Agency. We rely on contractual provisions to ensure compliance by our vendors.
Food
The FDA has comprehensive authority to regulate the safety of food and food ingredients (other than meat, poultry, catfish and certain egg products), as well as dietary supplements under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”). Similarly, the USDA’s Food Safety Inspection Service is the public health agency responsible for ensuring that the nation’s commercial supply of meat, poultry, catfish and certain egg products is safe, wholesome and correctly labeled and packaged under the Federal Meat Inspection Act and the Poultry Products Inspection Act.
Congress amended the FDCA in 2011 through passage of the Food Safety Modernization Act (the “FSMA”), which greatly expanded the FDA’s regulatory obligations over all actors in the supply chain. Industry actors continue to determine the best pathways to implement FSMA’s regulatory mandates and the FDA’s promulgating regulations throughout supply chains, as most requirements are now in effect. Such regulations mandate that risk-based preventive controls be observed by the majority of food producers. This authority applies to all domestic food facilities and, by way of imported food supplier verification requirements, to all foreign facilities that supply food products.
The FDA also exercises broad jurisdiction over the labeling and promotion of food. Labeling is a broad concept that, under certain circumstances, extends even to product-related claims and representations made on a company’s website or similar printed or graphic medium. All foods, including dietary supplements, must bear labeling that provides consumers with essential information with respect to standards of identity, net quantity, nutrition facts labeling, ingredient statement and allergen disclosures. The FDA also regulates the use of structure/function claims, health claims and nutrient content claims.
Dietary Supplements
The FDA has comprehensive authority to regulate the safety of dietary supplements, dietary ingredients, labeling and current good manufacturing practices. Congress amended the FDCA in 1994 through passage of the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act (the “DSHEA”), which greatly expanded FDA’s regulatory authority over dietary supplements. Through DSHEA, dietary supplements became their own regulated commodity while also allowing structure/function claims on products. However, no statement on a dietary supplement may expressly or implicitly represent that it will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat or prevent a disease.
Food and Dietary Supplement Advertising
The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of foods and dietary supplements. The FTC has the power to institute monetary sanctions and the imposition of consent decrees and penalties that can severely limit a company’s business practices. In recent years, the FTC has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims.

10



Compliance
As is common in our industry, we rely on our suppliers and contract manufacturers, including those of our private label products, to ensure that the products they manufacture and sell to us comply with all applicable regulatory and legislative requirements. We do not directly manufacture any goods. In general, we seek certifications of compliance, representations and warranties, indemnification or insurance from our suppliers and contract manufacturers. However, even with adequate insurance and indemnification, any claims of non-compliance could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in products we sell. In addition, the failure of such products to comply with applicable regulatory and legislative requirements could prevent us from marketing the products or require us to recall or remove such products from our clubs. In order to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, our suppliers and contract manufacturers have from time to time reformulated, eliminated or relabeled certain of their products, and we have revised certain provisions of our sales and marketing program.
We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.
Seasonality
Our business is moderately seasonal in nature. Historically, our business has realized a slightly higher portion of net sales, operating income and cash flows from operations in the second and fourth fiscal quarters, attributable primarily to the impact of the summer and year-end holiday season, respectively.
Employees
As of February 2, 2019, we had approximately 26,383 full-time and part-time employees, whom we refer to as "team members". None of our team members is represented by a union. We consider our relations with our team members to be good.
Segments
Our club retail operations, which represent substantially all of our consolidated total revenues, are our only reportable segment. All of our identifiable assets are located in the United States. We do not have significant sales outside the United States, nor does any customer represent more than 10% of total revenues for any period presented.
Corporate Information
Our principal operating subsidiary is BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc., which was previously an independent publicly traded corporation until its acquisition on September 30, 2011, by a subsidiary of Beacon Holding Inc., a company incorporated on June 24, 2011 by the Sponsors for the purpose of the acquisition. BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. changed its name from Beacon Holding Inc. on February 23, 2018.
Available Information
We make available on our website (http://www.bjs.com), or through a link posted on our website, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, reports filed pursuant to Section 16 and amendments to those reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). In addition, the SEC maintains an internet site that contains these reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov).
Our website is not incorporated into or a part of this Form 10-K. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference and should not be considered to be a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

11



Item 1A. Risk Factors
In addition to the other information set forth in this annual report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider the following factors which could materially adversely affect our, business, financial condition, results of operations (including revenues and profitability) and/or stock price. Our business is also subject to general risks, and uncertainties that may broadly affect companies including us. Additional risks known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or stock price.
Risks Relating to Our Business
Our business may be affected by issues that affect consumer spending.
Our results of operations are affected by the level of consumer spending and, therefore, by changes in the economic factors that impact consumer spending. Certain economic conditions or events, such as a contraction in the financial markets; high rates of inflation or deflation; high unemployment levels; decreases in consumer disposable income; unavailability of consumer credit; higher consumer debt levels; higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws; higher interest rates; higher fuel, energy and other commodity costs; weakness in the housing market; higher insurance and health care costs; and product cost increases resulting from an increase in commodity prices, could reduce consumer spending generally, which could cause our customers to spend less or to shift their spending to our competitors. Reduced consumer spending may result in reduced demand for our items and may also require increased selling and promotional expenses. Issues or trends that affect consumer spending broadly could affect spending by our members disproportionately. A reduction or shift in consumer spending could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We depend on having a large and loyal membership, and any harm to our relationship with our members could have a material adverse effect on our business, net sales and results of operations.
We depend on having a large and loyal membership. Our membership fee income is a substantial source of profit for us, contributing approximately half of our Adjusted EBITDA during fiscal year 2018. Further, our net sales are directly affected by the number of our members, the number of BJ’s Perks Rewards® members and holders of our My BJ’s Perks® Mastercard® credit cards, the frequency with which our members shop at our clubs and the amount they spend on those trips, which means the loyalty and enthusiasm of our members directly impacts our net sales and operating income. Accordingly, anything that would harm our relationship with our members and lead to lower membership renewal rates or lower spending by members in our clubs could materially adversely affect our net sales, membership fee income and results of operations.
Factors that could adversely affect our relationship with our members include:
our failure to remain competitive in our pricing relative to our competitors;
our failure to provide the expected quality of merchandise;
our failure to offer the mix of products that our members want;
events that harm our reputation or the reputation of our private brands;
our failure to provide the convenience that our members may expect over time, including with respect to technology, delivery and physical location;
increases to our membership fees; and
increased competition from stores, clubs or internet retailers that have a more attractive mix of price, quality and convenience.
In addition, we constantly need to attract new members to replace our members who fail to renew and to grow our membership base. If we fail to attract new members, our membership fee income and net sales could suffer.

12



Our business plan and operating results depend on our ability to procure the merchandise we sell at the best possible prices.
Our business plan depends on our ability to procure the merchandise we sell at the best possible prices. Because we price our merchandise aggressively, the difference between the price at which we sell a given item and the cost at which we purchase it is often much smaller than it would be for our non-club competitors. Further, it is often not possible for us to reflect increases in our cost of goods by increasing our prices to members. Accordingly, small changes in the prices at which we purchase our goods can have a substantial impact on our operating profits. In fiscal year 2016, we began an initiative to obtain lower cost of goods on the merchandise we sell. If we fail in our efforts to reduce the prices we pay for goods, our growth could suffer. If the prices we pay for goods increase, our operating profit and results of operations could suffer, and if we are forced to increase our prices to our members, our member loyalty could suffer.
Competition may adversely affect our profitability.
The retail industry is highly competitive. We compete primarily against other warehouse club operators and grocery and general merchandise retailers, including supermarkets and supercenters, and gasoline stations. Given the value and bulk purchasing orientation of our customer base, we compete to a lesser extent with internet retailers, hard discounters, department and specialty stores and other operators selling a narrow range of merchandise. Some of these competitors, including two major warehouse club operators—Sam’s Club (a division of Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.) and Costco Wholesale Corporation — operate on a multi-national basis and have significantly greater financial and marketing resources than BJ’s. These retailers and wholesalers compete in a variety of ways, including with respect to price, services offered to customers, distribution strategy, merchandise selection and availability, location, convenience, store hours and the attractiveness and ease of use of websites and mobile applications. The evolution of retailing through online and mobile channels has also improved the ability of customers to comparison shop with digital devices, which has enhanced competition. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to compete successfully with existing or future competitors. Our inability to respond effectively to competitive factors may have an adverse effect on our profitability as a result of lost market share, lower sales or increased operating costs, among other things.
We depend on vendors to supply us with quality merchandise at the right time and at the right price.
We depend heavily on our ability to purchase merchandise in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We source our merchandise from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. Finding qualified vendors who meet our standards and accessing merchandise in a timely and efficient manner are significant challenges, especially with respect to vendors located and merchandise sourced outside the United States. We have no assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to new products, and, in general, any vendor could at any time change the terms upon which it sells to us or may discontinue selling to us. In addition, member demand may lead to insufficient in-stock positions of our merchandise.
Disruptions in our merchandise distribution, including disruption through a third-party perishables consolidator, could adversely affect sales and member satisfaction.
We depend on the orderly operation of our merchandise receiving and distribution process, primarily through our Company-operated and contracted distribution centers. Although we believe that our receiving and distribution process is efficient, unforeseen disruptions in operations due to fires, tornadoes, hurricanes, earthquakes or other catastrophic events, labor issues or other shipping problems (which may include, but are not limited to, strikes, slowdowns or work stoppages at the ports of entry for the merchandise that we import) may result in delays in the delivery of merchandise to our clubs, which could adversely affect sales and the satisfaction of our members. In addition, increases in distribution costs, including but not limited to trucking and freight costs, could adversely affect our costs, which could adversely affect our operating profit and results of operations.
One third-party distributor currently consolidates a substantial majority of our perishables for shipment to our clubs. While we believe that such a consolidation is in our best interest overall, any disruption in the operations of this distributor could materially impact our sales and profitability. In addition, a prolonged disruption in the operations of this distributor could require us to seek alternative perishables distribution arrangements, which may not be on attractive terms and could lead to delays in distribution of this merchandise, either of which could have a significant and material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

13



We may not identify timely or respond effectively to consumer trends, which could negatively affect our relationship with our members, the demand for our products and services and our market share.
It is difficult to predict consistently and successfully the products and services our members will demand over time. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to identify and respond to evolving trends in demographics and member preferences. Failure to identify timely or respond effectively to changing consumer tastes, preferences (including those relating to sustainability of product sources) and spending patterns could lead us to offer our members a mix of products or a level of pricing that they do not find attractive. This could negatively affect our relationship with our members, leading them to reduce both their visits to our clubs and the amount they spend and potentially impacting their decision to renew their membership. Such a result would adversely affect the demand for our products and services and our market share. If we are not successful at predicting our sales trends and adjusting accordingly, we may also have excess inventory, which could result in additional markdowns and reduce our operating performance. This could have an adverse effect on margins and operating income.
We are subject to payment-related risks, including risks to the security of payment card information.
We accept payments using an increasing variety of methods, including cash, checks, our co-branded credit cards and a variety of other credit and debit cards, as well as Masterpass, Paypal, Apple Pay®, Google Pay and EBT. Our efficient operation, like that of most retailers, requires the transmission of information permitting cashless payments. As we offer new payment options to our members, we may be subject to additional rules, regulations and compliance requirements, along with higher fraud losses. For certain payment methods, we pay interchange and other related card acceptance fees, along with additional transaction processing fees. We rely on third parties to provide secure and reliable payment transaction processing services, including the processing of credit and debit cards, and our co-branded credit card, and it could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us. We are also subject to payment card association and network operating rules, including data security rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change over time. For example, we are subject to Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (“PCI DSS”), which contain compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, processing and transmission of individual cardholder data. We are also subject to a consent decree entered by the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) in 2005 in connection with a complaint alleging that we had failed to adequately safeguard members’ personal data. Under the consent decree, we are required to maintain a comprehensive information security program that is reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of personal information collected from or about our members. In addition, if our third-party processor systems are breached or compromised, we may be subject to substantial fines, remediation costs, litigation and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit or debit card payments from our members, and our reputation, business and operating results could also be materially adversely affected. Our security measures have been breached in the past and may in the future be undermined due to the actions of outside parties, including nation-state sponsored actors, employee error, internal or external malfeasance, or otherwise, and, as a result an unauthorized party may obtain access to our data systems and misappropriate, alter, or destroy business and personal information, including payment card information. Such information may also be placed at risk through our use of outside vendors, which may have data security systems that differ from those that we maintain or are more vulnerable to breach. For example, in March 2018, our travel vendor informed us that the personal data of several hundred of our members had been compromised because of a data breach at Orbitz, which that vendor used as a platform for making online travel bookings. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and may not immediately produce signs of intrusion, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques, discover or counter them in a timely fashion, or implement adequate preventative measures. Any such breach or unauthorized access could result in significant legal and financial exposure, damage to our reputation and harm to our relationship with our members, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business.
Changes in laws related to the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (“SNAP”), to the governmental administration of SNAP or to SNAP’s electronic benefit transfer (“EBT”) systems could adversely impact our results of operations.
Under SNAP, we are currently authorized to accept EBT payments, or food stamps, at our clubs as tender for eligible items, and payments via EBT accounted for approximately 5% of our net sales for fiscal years 2015-2018. Changes in state and federal laws governing the SNAP program, including rules on where and for what EBT cards may be used, could reduce sales at our clubs. For example, in February 2018, the federal government proposed reductions in food stamp program spending and changes in the program’s administration, including the provision of benefits to recipients in the form of government-purchased food items instead of electronic credits and disbursements that can be used to purchase food items (including at our clubs). Any such spending reductions or changes could therefore decrease sales at our clubs and thereby materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

14



We rely extensively on information technology to process transactions, compile results and manage our businesses. Failure or disruption of our primary and back-up systems could adversely affect our businesses.
Given the very high volume of transactions we process each year, it is important that we maintain uninterrupted operation of our business-critical computer systems. Our systems, including our back-up systems, are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, internal or external security breaches, catastrophic events such as fires, earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes and errors by our employees. If our systems are damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make significant investments to fix or replace them, and we may suffer serious interruptions in our operations, which might not be short-lived, in the interim. Any material interruption in these systems could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, the cost of securing our systems against failure or attack is considerable, and increases in these costs, particularly in the wake of a breach or failure, could be material.
Our success depends on our ability to attract and retain a qualified management team and other team members while controlling our labor costs.
We are dependent upon several key management and other team members. If we were to lose the services of one or more of our key team members, this could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Our continued success also depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified team members to meet our future growth needs while controlling related labor costs. Our ability to control labor costs is subject to numerous external factors, including healthcare costs and prevailing wage rates, which may be affected by, among other factors, competitive wage pressure, minimum wage laws and general economic conditions. If we experience tight labor markets, either regionally or in general, we may have to increase our wages, which could increase our selling, general and administrative expenses and adversely affect our operating income. We compete with other retail and non-retail businesses for these employees and invest significant resources in training them. There is no assurance that we will be able to attract or retain highly qualified team members to operate our business.
Union attempts to organize our team members could disrupt our business.
In the past, unions have attempted to organize our team members at certain of our clubs and distribution centers. Our management and team members may be required to devote their time to respond to union activities, which could be distracting to our operations. Future union activities, including organizing efforts, slow-downs or work stoppages could negatively impact our business and results of operations. Changes in labor laws or regulations in this area could also adversely impact our business if such changes promote union activity.
Our comparable club sales and quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly.
Our comparable club sales may be adversely affected for many reasons, including new club openings by our competitors and the opening of our own new clubs that may cannibalize existing club sales. Comparable club sales may also be affected by cycling against strong sales in the prior year, by new clubs entering our comparable club base and by price reductions in response to competition.
Our quarterly operating results may be adversely affected by a number of factors including losses in new clubs, price changes in response to competitors’ prices, increases in operating costs, volatility in gasoline, energy and commodity prices, increasing penetration of sales of our private label brands (Wellsley Farms® and Berkley Jensen®), federal budgetary and tax policy, weather conditions, natural disasters, local economic conditions and the timing of new club openings and related start-up costs.
Changes in our product mix or in our revenues from gasoline sales could negatively impact our revenue and results of operations.
Certain of our key performance indicators, including net sales, operating income and comparable club sales, could be negatively impacted by changes to our product mix or in the price of gasoline. For example, we continue to add private label products to our assortment of product offerings at our clubs, sold under our Wellsley Farms and Berkley Jensen private labels. We generally price these private label products lower than the manufacturer branded products of comparable quality that we also offer. Accordingly, a shift in our sales mix in which we sell more units of our private label products and fewer units of our manufacturer branded products would have an adverse impact on our overall net sales. Also, as we continue to add gas stations to our club base, and increase our sales of gasoline, this could adversely affect our profit margins. Since gasoline generates lower profit margins than the remainder of our business, we could expect to see our overall gross profit margin rates decline as sales of gasoline increase. In addition, gasoline prices have been historically volatile and may fluctuate widely due to changes in domestic and international supply and demand. Accordingly, significant changes in gasoline prices may substantially affect our net sales notwithstanding that the profit margin and unit sales for gasoline are largely unchanged, and this effect may increase as gasoline sales make up a larger portion of our revenue.

15



Research analysts and investors may recognize and react to the foregoing changes to our key performance indicators and believe that they indicate a decline in our performance, and this could occur regardless of whether the underlying cause has an adverse impact on our profitability. If we suffer an adverse change to our key performance indicators, this could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
Product recalls could adversely affect our sales and results of operations.
If our merchandise offerings, including food and general merchandise products, do not meet applicable safety standards or our members’ expectations regarding safety, we could experience lost sales and increased costs and be exposed to legal and reputational risk. The sale of these items involves the risk of health-related illness or injury to our members. Such illnesses or injuries could result from tampering by unauthorized third parties, product contamination or spoilage, including the presence of foreign objects, substances, chemicals, other agents, or residues introduced during the growing, manufacturing, storage, handling and transportation phases or faulty design. We are dependent on our vendors, including vendors located outside the United States, to ensure that the products we buy comply with all safety standards. While all our vendors must comply with applicable product safety laws, it is possible that a vendor will fail to comply with these laws or otherwise fail to ensure the safety of its products. Further, while our vendors generally must agree to indemnify us in the case of loss, it is possible that a vendor will fail to fulfill that obligation.
If a recall does occur, we have procedures in place to notify our clubs and, if appropriate, the members who have purchased the goods in question. We determine the appropriateness on a case-by-case basis, based, in part, on the size of the recall, the severity of the potential impact to the member and our ability to contact the purchasers of the products in question. While we are subject to governmental inspection and regulations and work to comply in all material respects with applicable laws and regulations, it is possible that consumption or use of our products could cause a health-related illness or injury in the future and that we will be subject to claims, lawsuits or government investigations relating to such matters. This could result in costly product recalls and other liabilities that could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, negative publicity could adversely affect our reputation with existing and potential members and our corporate and brand image, including that of our Wellsley Farms and Berkley Jensen private labels, and could have long-term adverse effects on our business.
If we do not successfully maintain a relevant omnichannel experience for our members, our results of operations could be adversely impacted.
Omnichannel retailing is rapidly evolving, and we must keep pace with changing member expectations and new developments by our competitors. Our members are increasingly using mobile phones, tablets and other devices to shop and to interact with us through social media. We continue to make technology investments in our website and mobile application. If we are unable to make, improve or develop relevant member-facing technology in a timely manner, our ability to compete and our results of operations could be adversely affected.
We depend on the financial performance of our operations in the New York metropolitan area.
Our financial and operational performance is dependent on our operations in the New York metropolitan area, which accounted for 25% of net sales in fiscal year 2018. We consider 39 of our clubs to be located in the New York metropolitan area. Any substantial slowing or sustained decline in these operations could materially adversely affect our business and financial results. Declines in financial performance of our operations in the New York metropolitan area could arise from, among other things, slower growth or declines in our comparable club sales; negative trends in operating expenses, including increased labor, healthcare and energy costs; failing to meet targets for club openings; cannibalization of existing locations by new clubs; shifts in sales mix toward lower gross margin products; changes or uncertainties in economic conditions in this market, including higher levels of unemployment, depressed home values and natural disasters; regional economic problems; changes in local regulations; terrorist attacks; and failure to consistently provide a high quality and well-assorted mix of products to retain our existing member base and attract new members.

16



Our growth strategy to open new clubs involves risks.
Our long-term sales and income growth is dependent to a certain degree on our ability to open new clubs and gasoline stations in both existing markets and new markets. Opening new clubs is expensive and involves substantial risks that may prevent us from receiving an appropriate return on that investment. We may not be successful in opening new clubs and gasoline stations on the schedule we have planned or at all, and the clubs and gasoline stations we open may not be successful. Our expansion is dependent on finding suitable locations, which may be affected by local regulations, political opposition, construction and development costs and competition from other retailers for particular sites. If prospective landlords find it difficult to obtain credit, we may need to own more new clubs rather than lease them. Owned locations require more initial capital and therefore, the need to own new locations could constrain our growth. If we are able to secure new sites and open new locations, these locations may not be profitable for many reasons. For example, we may not be able to hire, train and retain a suitable work force to staff these locations or to integrate new clubs successfully into our existing infrastructure, either of which could prevent us from operating the clubs in a profitable manner. In addition, entry into new markets may bring us into competition with new competitors or with existing competitors with a stronger, more well-established market presence. We may also improperly judge the suitability of a particular site. Any of these factors could cause a site to lose money or otherwise fail to provide a proper return on investment. If we fail to open new clubs as quickly as we have planned, our growth will suffer. If we open sites that we do not or cannot operate profitably, then our financial condition and results from operations could suffer.
Because we compete to a substantial degree on price, changes affecting the market prices of the goods we sell could adversely affect our net sales and operating profit.
It is an important part of our business plan that we offer value to our members, including offering prices that are substantially below certain of our competitors. Accordingly, we carefully monitor the market prices of the goods we sell in order to maintain our pricing advantage. If our competitors substantially lower their prices, we would be forced to lower our prices, which could adversely impact our margins and results of operations. In addition, the market price of the goods we sell can be influenced by general economic conditions. For example, if we experience a general deflation in the prices of the goods we sell, this would reduce our net sales and potentially adversely affect our operating income.
Any harm to the reputation of our private label brands could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
We sell many products under our private label brands, Wellsley Farms and Berkley Jensen. Maintaining consistent product quality, competitive pricing and availability of these products is essential to developing and maintaining member loyalty to these brands. These products generally carry higher margins than manufacturer branded products of comparable quality carried in our clubs and represent a growing portion of our overall sales. If our private label brands experience a loss of member acceptance or confidence, our net sales and operating results could be adversely affected.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property adequately, which, in turn, could harm the value of our brand and adversely affect our business.
We rely on our proprietary intellectual property, including trademarks, to market, promote and sell our products in our clubs. Our ability to implement our business plan successfully depends in part on our ability to build further brand recognition using our trademarks, service marks, proprietary products and other intellectual property, including our name and logos and the unique character and atmosphere of our clubs. We monitor and protect against activities that might infringe, dilute or otherwise violate our trademarks and other intellectual property and rely on the trademark and other laws of the United States.
We may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization. To the extent we cannot protect our intellectual property, unauthorized use and misuse of our intellectual property could harm our competitive position and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. Additionally, adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or other intellectual property.
Additionally, we cannot be certain that we do not or will not in the future infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties. From time to time, we have been subject to claims from third parties that we have infringed upon their intellectual property rights and we face the risk of such claims in the future. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, any intellectual property infringement claims against us could be costly, time-consuming, harmful to our reputation, divert the time and attention of our management and other personnel, or result in injunctive or other equitable relief that may require us to make changes to our business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. With respect to any third party intellectual property that we use or wish to use in our business (whether or not asserted against us in litigation), we may not be able to enter into licensing or other arrangements with the owner of such intellectual property at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms.

17



Our business is moderately seasonal and weak performance during one of our historically strong seasonal periods could have a material adverse effect on our operating results for the entire fiscal year.
Our business is moderately seasonal, with a meaningful portion of our sales dedicated to seasonal and holiday merchandise, resulting in the realization of higher portions of net sales and operating income in the second and fourth fiscal quarters. Due to the importance of our peak sales periods, which include the spring and year-end holiday seasons, the second and fourth fiscal quarters have historically contributed, and are expected to continue to contribute, significantly to our operating results for the entire fiscal year. In anticipation of seasonal increases in sales activity during these periods, we incur significant additional expense prior to and during our peak seasonal periods, which we may finance with additional short-term borrowings. These expenses may include the acquisition of additional inventory, seasonal staffing needs and other similar items. As a result, any factors negatively affecting us during these periods, including adverse weather and unfavorable economic conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.
Implementation of technology initiatives could disrupt our operations in the near term and fail to provide the anticipated benefits.
As our business grows, we continue to make significant technology investments both in our operations and in our administrative functions. The costs, potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of technology initiatives could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations in the near term. They may also require us to divert resources from our core business to ensure that implementation is successful. In addition, new or upgraded technology might not provide the anticipated benefits; it might take longer than expected to realize the anticipated benefits; and the technology might fail or cost more than anticipated.
Insurance claims could adversely impact our results of operations.
We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance plans to provide for potential liability for workers’ compensation, general liability, property, fiduciary liability and employee and retiree health care. Liabilities associated with the risk retained by the Company are estimated based on historical claims experience and other actuarial assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our results of operations could be adversely impacted if actual future occurrences and claims differ from our assumptions and historical trends.
Natural disasters or other catastrophes could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, typhoons or earthquakes, particularly in locations where our centralized operating systems and administrative personnel are located, could negatively affect our operations and financial performance. For example, our operations are concentrated primarily on the east coast of the United States, and any adverse weather event or natural disaster, such as a hurricane or heavy snow storm, could have a material adverse effect on a substantial portion of our operations. Such events could result in physical damage to one or more of our properties, the temporary closure of one or more clubs, one or more of our Company-operated or contracted distribution centers or our home office facility, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods to or from overseas, delays in the delivery of goods to our clubs or distribution centers and the temporary reduction in the availability of products in our clubs. Public health issues, whether occurring in the U.S. or abroad, or terrorist attacks could also disrupt our operations, disrupt the operations of suppliers or members or have an adverse impact on consumer spending and confidence levels. These events could also reduce demand for our products or make it difficult or impossible to procure products. We may be required to suspend operations in some or all of our locations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Inventory shrinkage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to the risk of inventory loss and theft. Our inventory shrinkage rates have not been material, or fluctuated significantly in recent years, although it is possible that rates of inventory loss and theft in the future will exceed our estimates and that our measures will be ineffective in reducing our inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security costs to combat inventory theft, for example as a result of increased use of self-checkout technologies, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

18



We are subject to risks associated with leasing substantial amounts of space.
We lease most of our retail properties, each of our three company-operated distribution centers and our corporate office. The profitability of our business is dependent on operating our current club base with favorable margins, opening and operating new clubs at a reasonable profit, renewing leases for clubs in desirable locations and, if necessary, identifying and closing underperforming clubs. We enter leases for a significant number of our club locations for varying terms. Typically, a large portion of a club’s operating expense is the cost associated with leasing the location.
We are typically responsible for taxes, utilities, insurance, repairs and maintenance for our leased retail properties. Our rent expense for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 totaled $308.2 million, $301.9 million and $298.1 million, respectively. Our future minimum rental commitments for all operating leases in existence as of February 2, 2019 was $309.8 million for fiscal year 2019 and total $2,935.8 million in aggregate for fiscal years 2020 through 2040. We expect that many of the new clubs we open will also be leased to us under operating leases, which will further increase our operating lease expenditures and require significant capital expenditures. We depend on cash flows from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under our ABL Facility or other sources, we may not be able to service our lease expenses or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would materially affect our business.
The operating leases for our retail properties, distribution centers and corporate office expire at various dates through 2040. Several leases have renewal options for various periods of time at our discretion. When leases for our clubs with ongoing operations expire, we may be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms, or at all. Further, if we attempt to relocate a club for which the lease has expired, we may be unable to find a new location for that club on commercially acceptable terms or at all, and the relocation of a club might not be successful for other reasons. Any of these factors could cause us to close clubs in desirable locations, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
Over time, current club locations may not continue to be desirable because of changes in demographics within the surrounding area or a decline in shopping traffic, including traffic generated by other nearby clubs. We may not be able to terminate a particular lease if or when we would like to do so. If we decide to close clubs, we are generally required to continue to pay rent and operating expenses for the balance of the lease term, which could be expensive. Even if we are able to assign or sublease vacated locations where our lease cannot be terminated, we may remain liable on the lease obligations if the assignee or sublessee does not perform.
Non-compliance with privacy and information security laws, especially as it relates to maintaining the security of member-related personal information, may damage our business and reputation with members, or result in our incurring substantial additional costs and becoming subject to litigation.
The use of individually identifiable data, including personal health information, by our business is regulated at the federal and state levels. Privacy and information security laws and regulations change, and compliance with them may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development of new administrative processes. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations or experience a data security breach, our reputation could be damaged, possibly resulting in lost future business, and we could be subjected to additional legal or financial risk, including the imposition of fines or other penalties, as a result of non-compliance.
For example, as do most retailers and wholesale club operators, we and certain of our service providers receive certain personally identifiable information, including protected health information, about our members. In addition, our online operations at www.bjs.com depend upon the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. A compromise of our security systems or those of some of our business partners that results in our members’ personal information being obtained by unauthorized persons could adversely affect our reputation with our members and others, as well as our operations, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and could result in litigation against us or the imposition of penalties. In addition, a security breach could require that we expend significant additional resources related to the security of information systems and could result in a disruption of our operations.

19



Federal, state, regional and local laws and regulations relating to the cleanup, investigation, use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials, hazardous and non-hazardous wastes and other environmental matters could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to a wide variety of federal, state, regional and local laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials, hazardous and non-hazardous wastes and other environmental matters. Failure to comply with these laws could result in harm to our members, employees or others, significant costs to satisfy environmental compliance, remediation or compensatory requirements, private party claims, or the imposition of severe penalties or restrictions on operations by governmental agencies or courts that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, risks of substantial costs and liabilities, including for the investigation and remediation of past or present contamination at our current or former properties (whether or not caused by us), are inherent in our operations, particularly with respect to our gasoline stations. There can be no assurance that substantial costs and liabilities for the investigation and remediation of contamination will not be incurred.
Our e-commerce business faces distinct risks, and our failure to successfully manage it could have a negative impact on our profitability.
As our e-commerce business grows, we increasingly encounter the risks and difficulties that internet-based businesses face. The successful operation of our e-commerce business, and our ability to provide a positive shopping experience that will generate orders and drive subsequent visits depend on efficient and uninterrupted operation of our order-taking and fulfillment operations. Risks associated with our e-commerce business include:
uncertainties associated with our website, including changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime and other technical failures, costs and technical issues as we upgrade our website software, inadequate system capacity, computer viruses, human error, security breaches and legal claims related to our website operations and e-commerce fulfillment;
disruptions in telecommunications service or power outages;
reliance on third parties for computer hardware and software and delivery of merchandise to our customers;
rapid changes in technology;
credit or debit card fraud and other payment processing related issues;
changes in applicable federal and state regulations;
liability for online content;
cybersecurity and consumer privacy concerns and regulation; and
natural disasters.
Problems in any of these areas could result in a reduction in sales; increased costs; sanctions or penalties; and damage to our reputation and brands. Personal information from our members may also be placed at risk through our use of outside vendors, which may have data security systems that differ from those that we maintain or are more vulnerable to breach. For example, in March 2018, our travel vendor informed us that the personal data of several hundred of our members had been compromised because of a data breach at Orbitz, which that vendor used as a platform for making online travel bookings. Further, if we invest substantial amounts in developing our e-commerce capabilities, these factors or others could prevent those investments from being effective.
In addition, we must keep up to date with competitive technology trends, including the use of new or improved technology, creative user interfaces and other e-commerce marketing tools (such as paid search and mobile applications, among others), which may increase our costs and which may not increase sales or attract customers. If we are unable to allow real-time and accurate visibility into product availability when customers are ready to purchase, fulfill our customers’ orders quickly and efficiently using the fulfillment and payment methods they demand, provide a convenient and consistent experience for our customers regardless of the ultimate sales channel or manage our online sales effectively, our ability to compete and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

20



Furthermore, if our e-commerce business successfully grows, it may do so in part by attracting existing customers, rather than new customers, who choose to purchase products from us online rather than from our physical locations, thereby detracting from the financial performance of our clubs.
We are subject to a number of risks because we import some of our merchandise.
We imported approximately 4% of our merchandise directly from foreign countries such as China, Vietnam, Bangladesh and India during fiscal year 2018. In addition, many of our domestic vendors purchase a portion of their products from foreign sources.
Foreign sourcing subjects us to a number of risks generally associated with doing business abroad including lead times, labor issues, shipping and freight constraints, product and raw material issues, political and economic conditions, government policies, tariffs and restrictions, epidemics and natural disasters.
If any of these or other factors were to cause supply disruptions or delays, our inventory levels may be reduced or the cost of our products may increase unless and until alternative supply arrangements could be made. Merchandise purchased from alternative sources may be of lesser quality or more expensive than the merchandise we currently purchase abroad. Any shortages of merchandise (especially seasonal and holiday merchandise), even if temporary, could result in missed opportunities, reducing our sales and profitability. It could also result in our customers seeking and obtaining the products in question from our competitors.
In addition, reductions in the value of the U.S. dollar or increases in the value of foreign currencies could ultimately increase the prices that we pay for our products. We have not hedged our currency risk in the past and do not currently anticipate doing so in the future. All of our products manufactured overseas and imported into the United States are subject to duties collected by U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Increases in these duties would increase the prices we pay for these products, and we may not be able fully to recapture these costs in our pricing to customers. Further, we may be subjected to additional tariffs or penalties if we or our suppliers are found to be in violation of U.S. laws and regulations applicable to the importation of our products (including, but not limited to, prohibitions against entering merchandise by means of materially negligently made false statements or omissions). To the extent that any foreign manufacturers from whom we purchase products directly or indirectly employ business practices that vary from those commonly accepted in the United States, we could be hurt by any resulting negative publicity or, in some cases, potential claims of liability.
Because of our international sourcing, we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws.
We source approximately 4% of our merchandise abroad. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. While our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws, we cannot assure our stockholders that we will be successful in preventing our employees or other agents from taking actions in violation of these laws or regulations. Such violations, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Certain legal proceedings could adversely impact our results of operations.
We are involved in a number of legal proceedings involving employment issues, personal injury, product liability, consumer matters, intellectual property claims and other litigation. Certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in material liability. See the notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Further, we are unable to predict whether unknown claims may be brought against us that could become material.
Factors associated with climate change could adversely affect our business.
We use natural gas, diesel fuel, gasoline and electricity in our distribution and sale operations. Increased government regulations to limit carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions may result in increased compliance costs and legislation or regulation affecting energy inputs could materially affect our profitability. Climate change could affect our ability to procure needed commodities at costs and in quantities we currently experience. Climate change may be associated with extreme weather conditions, such as more intense hurricanes, thunderstorms, tornadoes and snow or ice storms, as well as rising sea levels. We also sell a substantial amount of gasoline, the demand for which could be impacted by concerns about climate change and which could face increased regulation.

21



Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Accounting principles and related pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations we apply to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, vendor rebates and allowances; inventory; impairment of goodwill, indefinite-lived and long-lived assets; self-insurance reserves income taxes; and stock-based compensation are highly complex and involve subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance.
Provisions for losses related to self-insured risks are generally based upon independent actuarially determined estimates. The assumptions underlying the ultimate costs of existing claim losses can be highly unpredictable, which can affect the liability recorded for such claims. For example, variability in health care cost inflation rates inherent in these claims can affect the amounts recognized. Similarly, changes in legal trends and interpretations, as well as changes in the nature and method of how claims are settled can impact ultimate costs. Although our estimates of liabilities incurred do not anticipate significant changes in historical trends for these variables, any changes could have a considerable effect upon future claim costs and currently recorded liabilities and could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.
Changes in lease accounting standards may materially and adversely affect us.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, recently adopted new accounting rules, to be effective for our fiscal year beginning after December 2018, which will require recognition on the balance sheet for the rights and obligations created by leases with terms greater than twelve months. Upon adoption of the standard, the Company will be required to record substantially all leases on the balance sheet as a right of use asset and liability, while previously we accounted for such leases on an “off balance sheet” basis. As a result, a significant amount of lease related assets and liabilities will be recorded on our balance sheet, and we may be required to make other changes to the recording and classification of our lease related expenses. Though these changes will not have any direct impact on our overall financial condition, these changes will cause the total amount of assets and liabilities we report to increase substantially. This could cause investors or others to believe that we are highly leveraged and could change the calculations of financial metrics and covenants under our debt facilities, and under third-party financial models regarding our financial condition.
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and any impairment of these assets could adversely affect our results of operations.
Our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which consist of goodwill and our trade name, represented a significant portion of our total assets as of February 2, 2019. Accounting rules require the evaluation of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. Such indicators are based on market conditions and the operational performance of our business.
To test goodwill for impairment, we may initially use a qualitative approach to determine whether conditions exist to indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If our management concludes, based on its assessment of relevant events, facts and circumstances, that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value is greater than its fair value, then a quantitative analysis will be performed to determine if there is any impairment. We may initially also elect to perform a quantitative analysis, which is a two-step assessment. In step one we estimate the reporting unit’s fair value by estimating the future cash flows of the reporting units to which the goodwill relates, and then we discount the future cash flows at a market-participant-derived weighted average cost of capital. The estimates of fair value of the reporting unit is based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value in the first step, a second step is performed; in step two, we compare the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying amount of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by a hypothetical purchase price allocation using the reporting unit’s fair value as the purchase price. If the implied fair value of the goodwill is less than the reporting unit’s carrying amount, then goodwill is impaired and is written down to the implied fair value amount.
To test our other indefinite-lived asset, our trade name, for impairment we determine the fair value of our trade name using the relief-from-royalty method, which estimates the present value of royalty income that could be hypothetically earned by licensing the brand name to a third party over the remaining useful life. If, in conducting an impairment evaluation, we determine that the carrying value of an asset exceeded its fair value, we would be required to record a non-cash impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the asset.

22



If a significant amount of our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets were deemed to be impaired, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Recent U.S. tax legislation may adversely affect our future cash flows.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), which was enacted into law on December 22, 2017, significantly changed the U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. corporations, including by reducing the U.S. corporate income tax rate, limiting interest deductions, permitting immediate expensing of certain capital expenditures, revising the rules governing net operating losses and repealing the deduction of certain performance-based compensation paid to an expanded group of executive officers. Many of these changes are effective immediately, without any transition periods or grandfathering for existing transactions. The legislation is unclear in many respects and could be subject to potential amendments and technical corrections, as well as interpretations and implementing regulations by the Treasury and Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), any of which could lessen or increase certain adverse impacts of the legislation. In addition, it is unclear how these U.S. federal income tax changes will affect state and local taxation, since taxing authorities often use federal taxable income as a starting point for computing state and local tax liabilities.
Our analysis and interpretation of the TCJA is preliminary and ongoing. While the new rules limiting interest deductibility to 30% of our “adjusted taxable income” are not currently expected to materially increase our tax burden on a permanent basis, such an increase could occur if our income were to materially decrease or our interest burden were to materially increase. Further, the TCJA may result in material adverse effects that we have not yet identified. While some of the changes made by the tax legislation may adversely affect the Company, we believe that other changes, such as the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate, will be beneficial. We continue to work with our tax advisors and auditors to determine the full impact that the TCJA will have on us.
We could be subject to additional income tax liabilities.
We compute our income tax provision based on enacted federal and state tax rates. As tax rates vary among jurisdictions, a change in earnings attributable to the various jurisdictions in which we operate could result in an unfavorable change in our overall tax provision. Additionally, changes in the enacted tax rates, adverse outcomes in tax audits, including transfer pricing disputes, or any change in the pronouncements relating to accounting for income taxes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We are a holding company with no operations of our own, and we depend on our subsidiaries for cash.
We are a holding company and do not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of equity interests of our subsidiaries. Our operations are conducted almost entirely through our subsidiaries, and our ability to generate cash to meet our obligations or to pay dividends, if any, is highly dependent on the earnings of, and receipt of funds from, our subsidiaries through dividends or intercompany loans. The ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us and them to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on their future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside of our control. We cannot assure our stockholders that the cash flow and earnings of our operating subsidiaries will be adequate for our subsidiaries to service their debt obligations. If our subsidiaries do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy corporate obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans (such as refinancing), restructure debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise additional capital. We cannot assure our stockholders that any such alternative refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Furthermore, we and our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future that may severely restrict or prohibit our subsidiaries from making distributions, paying dividends, if any, or making loans to us.
    

23



Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
We face risks related to our substantial indebtedness.
As of February 2, 2019, our total outstanding long-term debt was $1,546.5 million. Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk associated with our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our ABL Facility and First Lien Term Loan. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to us, including:
making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt, and any failure to comply with the obligations under our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, selling and marketing efforts, product development, future business opportunities and other purposes;
limiting our ability to deduct interest in the taxable period in which it is incurred in light of the TCJA;
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as substantially all of our borrowings are at variable rates;
restricting us from making strategic acquisitions;
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and
limiting our ability to plan for, or adjust to, changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be less highly leveraged.
The occurrence of any one of these events could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in the credit agreements governing our ABL Facility and First Lien Term Loan.
The ABL Facility and First Lien Term Loan impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries that may prevent us from pursuing certain business opportunities and restrict our ability to operate our business.
The credit agreements governing our ABL Facility and First Lien Term Loan contain covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to take various actions, such as:
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue certain disqualified or preferred stock;
pay dividends or make other distributions on, or redeem or purchase, any equity interests or make other restricted payments;
make certain acquisitions or investments;
create or incur liens;
transfer or sell assets;
incur restrictions on the payments of dividends or other distributions from our restricted subsidiaries;
alter the business that we conduct;
enter into transactions with affiliates; and
consummate a merger or consolidation or sell, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

24



The restrictions in the credit agreements governing our ABL Facility and First Lien Term Loan also limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans and adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, enter into acquisitions or to engage in other business activities that could be in our interest.
In addition, our ability to borrow under the ABL Facility is limited by the amount of our borrowing base. Any negative impact on the elements of our borrowing base, such as accounts receivable and inventory could reduce our borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility.
We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our significant debt service obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our ability to make principal and interest payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future and is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, tax and other factors that are beyond our control. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, in the amounts projected or at all, or if future borrowings are not available to us in amounts sufficient to fund our other liquidity needs, our business financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled principal and interest payments in the future, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, sell assets, delay capital expenditures or seek additional equity. The terms of our existing or future debt agreements, including the First Lien Term Loan and the ABL Facility, may also restrict us from affecting any of these alternatives. Further, changes in the credit and capital markets, including market disruptions and interest rate fluctuations, may increase the cost of financing, make it more difficult to obtain favorable terms, or restrict our access to these sources of future liquidity. Our ABL Facility is scheduled to mature on August 17, 2023 and our First Lien Facility is scheduled to mature on February 3, 2024. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources.” If we are unable to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all or to effect any other action relating to our indebtedness on satisfactory terms or at all, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, in July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA"), which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. It is unclear if LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will evolve and what, if any, effect these changes, other reforms or the establishment of alternative reference rates may have on instruments that calculate interest rates based on LIBOR. Additionally, changes in the method pursuant to which the LIBOR rates are determined may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in the reported LIBOR rates. Although we have entered into interest rate swap agreements whereby we have fixed the LIBOR of $1.2 billion of our floating rate debt, any alternative methods of calculating the interest rate payable on these obligations or on our future indebtedness may result in interest rates that are higher than if LIBOR were available in its current form, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Risks Relating to Ownership of our Common Stock
The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.
Prior to our IPO, there was no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict how active and liquid the market for our common stock will be. In addition, the market price of our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:
quarterly variations in our operating results compared to market expectations;
changes in the preferences of our customers;
low comparable club sales growth compared to market expectations;
delays in the planned openings of new clubs;
the failure of securities analysts to cover the Company or changes in financial estimates by the analysts who cover us, our competitors or the grocery or retail industries in general and the wholesale club segment in particular;
economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance;
changes in consumer spending or the housing market;
increased competition or stock price performance of our competitors;


25



As a result of these factors, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price at which you purchased them. In addition, our stock price may be volatile. The stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies like us. Accordingly, these broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions or interest rate changes, may significantly reduce the market price of the common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could result in substantial costs and divert resources and our management’s attention from other business concerns, regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
The Sponsors exercise significant control over the direction of our business and have the right to nominate members of our Board. If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it could prevent our stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions.
The Sponsors currently directly or indirectly own approximately 27.2% of our common stock and have entered into a voting agreement among themselves and with the Company. The Sponsors will continue to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval for the foreseeable future, including approval of significant corporate transactions, which may reduce the market price of our common stock.
Pursuant to the voting agreement, the Sponsors are entitled to designate individuals to be included in the slate of nominees recommended by our board of directors for election to our board of directors under certain circumstances related to continued ownership of the shares they hold.
These provisions will allow the Sponsors to continue to exercise significant control over our corporate decisions, including over matters on which our other stockholders have a right to vote. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws also include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control for so long as the Sponsors own specified percentages of our common stock. These provisions not only could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock but could also allow the Sponsors to delay or prevent a corporate transaction that the public stockholders might approve.
announcements by us or our competitors of new locations, capacity changes, strategic investments or acquisitions;
actual or anticipated variations in our or our competitors’ operating results, and our competitors’ growth rates;
future sales of our common stock or the perception that such sales may occur;
changes in senior management or key personnel;
investor perceptions of us, our competitors and our industry;
general or regional economic conditions;
changes in laws or regulations, or new interpretations or applications of laws and regulations that are applicable to our business; lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities;
action by institutional stockholders or other large stockholders;
failure to meet any guidance given by us or any change in any guidance given by us, or changes by us in our guidance practices;
speculation in the press or investment community;
events beyond our control, such as war, terrorist attacks, transportation and fuel prices, natural disasters, severe weather and widespread illness; and
the other factors listed in this “Risk Factors” section.


26



Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by certain of our stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. In connection with the March 2019 Secondary Offering the Company, the Sponsors and our executive officers agreed to enter into new lock-up agreements with the underwriter of the March 2019 Secondary Offering, restricting the ability to sell or transfer shares of common stock for 60 days from the date of the prospectus related to the March 2019 Secondary Offering subject to certain exceptions. Subject to limitations, approximately 42 million shares will become eligible for sale upon expiration of these lock-up periods. Further, the March 2019 Secondary Offering underwriter may, in its sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to these lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of these lock-up agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.
Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.
Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a combination of both. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt holders would have rights senior to common stockholders to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities, existing stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, or if they issue unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that third-party securities analysts publish about us and our industry. One or more analysts could downgrade our common stock or issue other negative commentary about us or our industry. In addition, we may be unable or slow to attract research coverage. Alternatively, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the trading price of our common stock could decline.
Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:
establishing a classified board of directors such that not all members of the board are elected at one time;
allowing the total number of directors to be determined exclusively (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors) by resolution of our board of directors and granting to our board the sole power (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock or rights granted pursuant to the voting agreement with our Sponsors) to fill any vacancy on the board;
limiting the ability of stockholders to remove directors without cause;
authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock by our board of directors, without further stockholder approval, to thwart a takeover attempt;
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent (and, thus, requiring that all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders);

27



eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders;
establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at annual stockholder meetings;
requiring the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, to amend or repeal our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; and
electing not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.
These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our Company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for other stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those our stockholders desire.
We will be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
We are in the process of evaluating our internal controls systems to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to audit, our internal controls over financial reporting. We are also in the process of performing the system and process evaluation and testing (and any necessary remediation) required to comply with the management certification and, if required, the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are required to comply with the management certification requirements of Section 404 in our annual report on Form 10-K for our first annual report that is filed with the SEC (subject to any change in applicable SEC rules). We are required to comply with Section 404 in full (including an auditor attestation on management’s internal controls report) in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC (subject to any change in applicable SEC rules). Furthermore, upon completion of this process, we may identify control deficiencies of varying degrees of severity under applicable SEC and PCAOB, rules and regulations that remain unremediated. As a public company, we are required to report, among other things, control deficiencies that constitute a “material weakness” or changes in internal controls that, or that are reasonably likely to, materially affect internal controls over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A “significant deficiency” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of our financial reporting.
To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we have undertaken various actions, and may need to take additional actions, such as implementing and enhancing our internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. Additionally, when evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. If we identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, if we are required to make restatements of our financial statements, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy, completeness or reliability of our financial reports and the trading price of our common stock may be adversely affected, and we could become subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. In addition, if we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements could be inaccurate and we could face restricted access to the capital markets.

28



The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE, may strain our resources, increase our costs and divert management’s attention, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the corporate governance standards of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE. These requirements may place a strain on our management, systems and resources and we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we had not historically incurred as a private company. The Exchange Act requires us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition within specified time periods and to prepare a proxy statement with respect to our annual meeting of stockholders. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. The NYSE requires that we comply with various corporate governance requirements. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting and comply with the Exchange Act and the NYSE’s requirements, significant resources and management oversight are required. This may divert management’s attention from other business concerns and lead to significant costs associated with compliance, which could have a material adverse effect on us and the price of our common stock.
The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt even more changes in governance and reporting requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of these costs. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends.
The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are carried out by our operating subsidiaries. Any inability on the part of our subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Under our ABL Facility and First Lien Term Loan, our operating subsidiaries are significantly restricted in their ability to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us, and we expect these limitations to continue in the future. Our ability to pay dividends may also be limited by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities of ours or of our subsidiaries. Accordingly, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under any provisions of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. As a stockholder in our Company, you are deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit your ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.

29



Item 2. Properties
We operated 216 warehouse club locations as of February 2, 2019, of which 185 are leased under long-term leases and 11 are owned. We own the buildings at the remaining 20 locations, which are subject to long-term ground leases. A listing of the number of Company locations in each state is shown under Part I. "Item 1. Business."
The Company's leases require long-term rental payments subject to various adjustments. Generally, the Company is required to pay insurance, real estate taxes and other operating expenses and, in some cases, additional rentals based on a percentage of sales in excess of certain thresholds, or other factors. Many of the leases require escalating payments during the lease term. Rent expense for such leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The initial primary term of the real estate club leases ranges from 5 to 25 years, with most of these leases having an initial term of 20 years. The initial primary term of the ground leases ranges from 14 to 44 years, and averages approximately 21 years. As of February 2, 2019, the Company has options to renew all but three of its leases for periods that range from 5 to 65 years, and average approximately 21 years.
Our home office in Westborough, Massachusetts, occupies a total of 282,000 square feet. Our lease expires on January 31, 2026.
We operate three cross-dock distribution centers for non-perishable items and also have three perishable item distribution centers operated by a third party. Our cross-dock distribution centers are leased under lease agreements expiring between 2031 and 2033, and range between 480,000 and 630,000 square feet in size. The third-party perishable distribution centers range between 210,000 and 264,000 square feet in size.
See the "Commitment and Contingencies" footnote 8 of our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information with respect to our leases.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We are subject to various litigation, claims and other proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. We believe these actions are routine and incidental to the business. While the outcome of these actions cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that any will have a material adverse impact on our business.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

30



PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “BJ” on June 28, 2018. As of the end of business on March 15, 2019, the trading price of our capital stock closed at $25.43 per share.
Holders
As of March 15, 2019, there were approximately 34 record holders of our common stock. This number does not include beneficial owners whose shares were held in street name.
Dividends

We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain future earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of debt. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Performance Graph
The following graph illustrates a comparison of the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock with the total return for (i) the S&P 500 Index and (ii) the S&P 500 Retail Index for the period from June 28, 2018 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the NYSE) through February 2, 2019. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in our common stock at market close on June 28, 2018 and the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The comparisons in the table are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.
stockperformancegraph.jpg
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
None.

31



Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information as of February 2, 2019, regarding our common stock that may be issued under the BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. 2018 Incentive Award Plan (the “2018 Incentive Award Plan”), the Fourth Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Option Plan of BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Beacon Holding Inc.), as amended (the “2011 Stock Option Plan”), the 2012 Director Stock Option Plan of BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Beacon Holding Inc.), as amended (the “2012 Director Stock Option Plan”) and the BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”).

 
 
Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights
 
Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights
 
Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
 
Plan category:
 
(a)
 
(b)
 
(c)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018 Incentive Award Plan(1)
 
2,512,051

 
$
17.08

(2) 
8,572,846

 
2011 Stock Option Plan
 
3,689,546

 
$
5.46

 

 
2012 Directors Stock Option Plan
 
66,504

 
$
4.26

 

 
ESPP
 

 

 
973,014

 
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders
 

 

 

 
Total
 
6,268,101

 

 
9,545,860

 

(1)
In connection with our IPO, we adopted the 2018 Incentive Awards Plan and will not make future grants or awards under the 2011 Stock Option Plan or the 2012 Director Stock Option Plan. The shares available for grant under the 2018 Incentive Award Plan includes 985,369 shares of common stock that, as of June 27, 2018, remained available for issuance, collectively, under the 2011 Stock Option Plan and the 2012 Director Stock Option Plan.
(2)
The restricted stock units do not have an exercise price.

32



Item 6. Selected Financial Data
We have derived the following selected consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have derived the following selected consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for fiscal years 2016 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 from our consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. You should read the selected financial data presented below in conjunction with Part II. “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts and total clubs)
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended
 
 
52 Weeks
February 2,
2019
 
53 Weeks
February 3,
2018
 
52 Weeks
January 28,
2017
 
52 Weeks
January 30,
2016
 
52 Weeks
January 31,
2015
Statement of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
 
$
12,724,454

 
$
12,495,995

 
$
12,095,302

 
$
12,220,215

 
$
12,488,247

Membership fee income
 
282,893

 
258,594

 
255,235

 
247,338

 
243,023

Total revenues
 
13,007,347

 
12,754,589

 
12,350,537

 
12,467,553

 
12,731,270

Cost of sales
 
10,646,452

 
10,513,492

 
10,223,017

 
10,476,519

 
10,758,461

Selling general and administrative expenses
 
2,051,324

 
2,017,821

 
1,908,752

 
1,797,780

 
1,776,432

Preopening expenses
 
6,118

 
3,004

 
2,749

 
6,458

 
12,310

Operating income
 
303,453

 
220,272

 
216,019

 
186,796

 
184,067

Interest expense, net
 
164,535

 
196,724

 
143,351

 
150,093

 
154,481

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
 
138,918

 
23,548

 
72,668

 
36,703

 
29,586

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
 
11,826

 
(28,427
)
 
27,968

 
12,049

 
10,277

Income from continuing operations
 
127,092

 
51,975

 
44,700

 
24,654

 
19,309

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
 
169

 
(1,674
)
 
(476
)
 
(550
)
 
(296
)
Net income
 
$
127,261

 
$
50,301

 
$
44,224

 
$
24,104

 
$
19,013

Per Share Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations per share attributable to common stockholders - basic
 
$
1.09

 
$
0.57

 
$
0.50

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.22

Income from continuing operations per share attributable to common stockholders - diluted
 
1.05

 
0.54

 
0.48

 
0.27

 
0.21

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
116,599

 
88,386

 
88,164

 
87,869

 
87,474

Diluted
 
121,135

 
92,264

 
90,736

 
90,241

 
90,260

Dividends per share
 
$

 
$
8.31

 
$

 
$

 
$

Financial Position
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
3,239,285

 
$
3,273,856

 
$
3,232,219

 
$
3,408,933

 
$
3,528,387

Outstanding borrowings
 
1,800,848

 
2,748,112

 
2,056,405

 
2,229,835

 
2,289,568

Stockholders' equity
 
(202,084
)
 
(1,029,857
)
 
(347,211
)
 
(401,073
)
 
(427,475
)
Clubs open at end of year
 
216

 
215

 
214

 
213

 
207


33



Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis and the information in Part II. "Item 6. Selected Financial Data" should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in the sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Part I. "Item 1A. Risk Factors."
We report on the basis of a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to the last day of January. Accordingly, references herein to “fiscal year 2018” and "fiscal year 2016" relate to the 52 weeks ending February 2, 2019 and January 28, 2017, respectively, and references herein to “fiscal year 2017” relate to the 53 weeks ending February 3, 2018.
Overview
BJ’s Wholesale Club is a leading warehouse club operator on the east coast of the United States. We deliver significant value to our members, consistently offering 25% or more savings on a representative basket of manufacturer-branded groceries compared to traditional supermarket competitors. We provide a curated assortment focused on perishable products, continuously refreshed general merchandise, gasoline and other ancillary services to deliver a differentiated shopping experience, that is further enhanced by our omnichannel capabilities.
Since pioneering the warehouse club model in New England in 1984, we have grown our footprint to 216 large-format, high volume warehouse clubs spanning 16 states. In our core New England markets, which have high population density and generate a disproportionate part of U.S. GDP, we operate almost three times the number of clubs compared to the next largest warehouse club competitor. In addition to shopping in our clubs, members are able to shop when and how they want through our website, www.bjs.com; our highly-rated mobile app and our integrated Instacart same-day delivery offering.
Our goal is to offer our members significant value and a meaningful return, in savings, on their annual membership fee. We have approximately 5.5 million members paying annual fees to gain access to savings on groceries, consumables, general merchandise, gas and ancillary services. The annual membership fee for our Inner Circle® Membership is $55 per year, and our BJ’s Perks Rewards® Membership, which offers additional value-enhancing features, costs $110 annually. We believe that members can save over ten times their $55 Inner Circle membership fee versus what they would have paid at traditional supermarket competitors when they spend $2,500 or more per year at BJ’s on manufacturer-branded groceries. In addition to providing significant savings on a representative basket of manufacturer-branded groceries, we accept all manufacturer coupons and also carry our own exclusive brands that enable members to save on price without compromising on quality. Our two private label brands, Wellsley Farms® and Berkley Jensen®, represent over $2.0 billion in sales, and are the largest brands we sell. Our customers recognize the relevance of our value proposition across economic environments, as demonstrated by over 20 consecutive years of membership fee income growth. Our membership fee income was $282.9 million for fiscal year 2018 and represents approximately half of our Adjusted EBITDA.
Our business is moderately seasonal in nature. Historically, our business has realized a slightly higher portion of net sales, operating income and cash flows from operations in the second and fourth fiscal quarters, attributable primarily to the impact of the summer and year-end holiday season, respectively.
Factors Affecting Our Business
Overall economic trends. The overall economic environment and related changes in consumer behavior have a significant impact on our business. In general, positive conditions in the broader economy promote customer spending in our clubs, while economic weakness which generally results in a reduction of customer spending may have a different or more extreme effect on spending at our clubs. Macroeconomic factors that can affect customer spending patterns, and thereby our results of operations, include employment rates, business conditions, changes in the housing market, the availability of credit, interest rates, tax rates and fuel and energy costs. In addition, during periods of low unemployment, we may experience higher labor costs.
Size and loyalty of membership base. The membership model is a critical element of our business. Members drive our results of operations through their membership fee income and their purchases. The majority of members renew within six months following their renewal date. Therefore, our renewal rate is a trailing calculation that captures renewals during the period seven to eighteen months prior to the reporting date. We have grown our membership fee income each year over the past two decades. Our membership fee income totaled $282.9 million in fiscal year 2018. Our membership renewal rate, a key indicator of membership engagement, satisfaction and loyalty, reached an all-time high of 87% during fiscal year 2018.

34



Consumer preferences and demand. Our ability to maintain our appeal to existing customers and attract new customers depends on our ability to originate, develop and offer a compelling product assortment responsive to customer preferences. If we misjudge the market for our products, we may be faced with excess inventories for some products and may be required to become more promotional in our selling activities, which would impact our net sales and gross profit.
Infrastructure investment. Our historical operating results reflect the impact of our ongoing investments to support our growth. We have made significant investments in our business that we believe have laid the foundation for continued profitable growth. We believe that strengthening our management team and enhancing our information systems, including our distribution center management and point-of-sale systems, will enable us to replicate our profitable club format and provide a differentiated shopping experience. We expect these infrastructure investments to support our successful operating model across our club operations.
Product mix. Changes in our product mix affect our performance. For example, we continue to add private label products to our assortment of product offerings at our clubs, which we generally price lower than the manufacturer branded products of comparable quality that we also offer. Accordingly, a shift in our sales mix in which we sell more units of our private label products and fewer units of our manufacturer branded products would generally have a positive impact on our profit margins but an adverse impact on our overall net sales. Changes in our revenues from gasoline sales may also negatively affect our performance. Since gasoline generates lower profit margins than the remainder of our business, we could expect to see our overall gross profit margin rates decline as sales of gasoline increase.
Effective sourcing and distribution of products. Our net sales and gross profit are affected by our ability to purchase our products in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. While we believe our vendors have adequate capacity to meet our current and anticipated demand, our level of net sales could be adversely affected in the event of constraints in our supply chain, including our inability to procure and stock sufficient quantities of some merchandise in a manner that is able to match market demand from our customers, leading to lost sales.
Gas prices. The market price of gasoline impacts our net sales and comparable club sales, and large fluctuations in the price of gasoline can produce a short-term impact on our margins. Retail gasoline prices are driven by daily crude oil and wholesale commodity market changes and are volatile, as they are influenced by factors that include changes in demand and supply of oil and refined products, global geopolitical events, regional market conditions and supply interruptions caused by severe weather conditions. Typically, the change in crude oil prices impacts the purchase price of wholesale petroleum fuel products, which in turn impacts retail gasoline prices at the pump. During times when prices are particularly volatile, differences in pricing and procurement strategies between the Company and its competitors may lead to temporary margin contraction or expansion depending on whether prices are rising or falling, and this impact could affect our overall results for a fiscal quarter.
In addition, the relative level of gasoline prices from period to period can lead to differences in our net sales between those periods. Further, because we generally attempt to maintain a fairly stable gross profit per gallon, this variance in net sales, which may be substantial, may or may not have a significant impact on our operating income.
Fluctuation in quarterly results. Our quarterly results have historically varied depending upon a variety of factors, including our product offerings, promotional events, club openings, weather related events and shifts in the timing of holidays, among other things. As a result of these factors, our working capital requirements and demands on our product distribution and delivery network may fluctuate during the year.
Inflation and deflation trends. Our financial results can be expected to be directly impacted by substantial increases in product costs due to commodity cost increases or general inflation, which could lead to margin pressure as costs may not be able to be passed on to consumers. In response to increasing commodity prices or general inflation, we seek to minimize the impact of such events by sourcing our merchandise from different vendors, changing our product mix or increasing our pricing when necessary.
Refinancings. We used the proceeds of the initial public offering ("IPO") to repay indebtedness under our Second Lien Facility, which reduced our cost of capital and debt service obligations. In addition we amended our ABL Facility and First Lien Facility, resulting in a reduction to the applicable interest rates.

53rd week. Our fiscal year 2017 consisted of 53 weeks and our fiscal years 2018 and 2016 each consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal years in which there are 53 weeks will see increased net sales and expenses from the additional week.

35



Adoption of Accounting Standards Codification No. 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and related amendments (“ASC 606”). We adopted ASC 606 effective February 4, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. The amounts reported in the consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 and the consolidated balance sheet as of February 2, 2019 reflect this adoption. According to the modified retrospective method, all financial information before February 4, 2018 was not restated. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding our adoption of ASC 606.
How We Assess the Performance of Our Business
In assessing our performance, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key GAAP measures include net sales; membership fee income; cost of sales; selling, general and administrative expenses; and net income. In addition, we also review other important metrics such as Adjusted EBITDA, comparable club sales and merchandise comparable club sales, which exclude gasoline sales.
Net sales
Net sales are derived from direct retail sales to customers in our clubs and online, net of merchandise returns and discounts. Growth in net sales is impacted by opening new clubs and increases in comparable club sales.
Comparable club sales
Comparable club sales, also known as same store sales, is an important measure throughout the retail industry. In determining comparable club sales, we include all clubs that were open for at least 13 months at the beginning of the period and were in operation during all of both periods being compared, including relocated clubs and expansions. There may be variations in the way in which some of our competitors and other retailers calculate comparable or same store sales. As a result, data in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, regarding our comparable club sales may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers.
Comparable club sales allow us to evaluate how our club base is performing by measuring the change in period-over-period net sales in clubs that have been open for the applicable period. Various factors affect comparable club sales, including consumer preferences and trends, product sourcing, promotional offerings and pricing, customer experience and purchase amounts, weather and holiday shopping period timing and length.
Merchandise comparable club sales
Merchandise comparable club sales is calculated by excluding sales from our gasoline operations from comparable club sales for the applicable period.
Membership fee income
Membership fee income reflects the amount collected from our customers to be a member of our clubs. Membership fee income is recognized in revenue on a straight-line basis over the life of the membership, which is typically twelve months.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales consists primarily of the direct cost of merchandise and gasoline sold at our clubs, including the following:
costs associated with operating our distribution centers, including payroll, payroll benefits, occupancy costs and depreciation;
freight expenses associated with moving merchandise from vendors to our distribution centers and from our distribution centers to our clubs; and
vendor allowances, rebates and cash discounts.

36



Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) consist of various expenses related to supporting and facilitating the sale of merchandise in our clubs, including the following:
payroll and payroll benefits for club and corporate employees;
rent, depreciation and other occupancy costs for retail and corporate locations;
advertising expenses;
tender costs, including credit and debit card fees;
amortization of intangible assets; and
consulting, legal, insurance and other professional services expenses.
SG&A includes both fixed and variable components and, therefore, is not directly correlated with net sales. In addition, the components of our SG&A expenses may not be comparable to those of other retailers. We expect that our SG&A expenses will increase in future periods due to investments to spur comparable club sales growth, our continuing club growth and in part due to additional legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we expect to incur as a result of being a public company, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, any increase in future stock option or other stock-based grants or modifications will increase our stock-based compensation expense included in SG&A.
Net Income
Net income reflects the Company's net sales, less cost of sales; selling, general and administrative expenses; operating expenses; depreciation; interest; taxes and other expenses.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as income from continuing operations before interest expense, net, provision (benefit) for income taxes and depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain other items, including compensatory payments related to options, stock-based compensation expense, pre-opening expenses, management fees, non-cash rent, strategic consulting expenses, severance, offering costs and other adjustments. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to income from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Adjusted EBITDA
We present Adjusted EBITDA, which is not a recognized financial measure under GAAP, because we believe it assists investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as income (loss) from continuing operations before interest expense, net, provision (benefit) for income taxes and depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain other items, including compensatory payments related to options, stock-based compensation expense, preopening expenses, management fees, non-cash rent, strategic consulting, severance, offering-related expenses, and other adjustments. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as alternative to any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP and should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA in the future, and any such modification may be material. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies in our industry or across different industries. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

37



Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends in our core operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. We also use Adjusted EBITDA in connection with establishing discretionary annual incentive compensation; to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies; to make budgeting decisions; and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures.
The following is a reconciliation of our income from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales for the periods presented:
 
Fiscal Year Ended
 
February 2, 2019
 
February 3, 2018
 
January 28, 2017
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations
$
127,092

 
$
51,975

 
$
44,700

Interest expense, net
164,535

 
196,724

 
143,351

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
11,826

 
(28,427
)
 
27,968

Depreciation and amortization
162,223

 
164,061

 
178,325

Compensatory payments related to options(1)

 
77,953

 
6,143

Stock-based compensation expense(2)
58,917

 
9,102

 
11,828

Preopening expenses(3)
6,118

 
3,004

 
2,749

Management fees(4)
3,333

 
8,038

 
8,053

Noncash rent(5)
4,864

 
5,391

 
7,138

Strategic consulting(6)
33,486

 
30,316

 
26,157

Severance(7)
960

 
9,065

 
2,320

Offering costs(8)
3,803

 

 

Other adjustments(9)
1,269

 
6,305

 
(1,406
)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
578,426

 
$
533,507

 
$
457,326

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales
4.5
%
 
4.3
%
 
3.8
%
__________
(1)
Represents payments to holders of our stock options made pursuant to antidilutive provisions in connection with dividends paid to our shareholders.
(2)
Represents total stock-based compensation expense and includes one-time expense related to certain restricted stock and stock option awards issued in connection with the our IPO.
(3)
Represents direct incremental costs of opening or relocating a facility that are charged to operations as incurred.
(4)
Represents management fees paid to our sponsors (or advisory affiliates thereof) in accordance with our management services agreement, which terminated upon closing of the IPO.
(5)
Consists of an adjustment to remove the non-cash portion of rent expense, which has been recorded on a straight-line basis in accordance with GAAP.
(6)
Represents fees paid to external consultants for strategic initiatives of limited duration.
(7)
Represents termination costs to a former executive and termination costs associated with our voluntary retirement packages issued in January 2018.
(8)
Represents one-time costs related to our IPO, 2018 secondary offering and other shareholder-related filings.
(9)
Other non-cash items, including amortization of a deferred gain from sale lease back transactions in 2013, non-cash accretion on asset retirement obligations, obligations associated with our post-retirement medical plan, impairment charges related to a club that was relocated in 2018 and a gain from a third party settlement.
Free cash flow
We present free cash flow, which is not a recognized financial measure under GAAP, because we use it to report to our board of directors, and we believe it assists investors and analysts in evaluating our liquidity. Free cash flow should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows from operations as a liquidity measure. We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities net of capital expenditures.

38



The following is a reconciliation of our net cash from operating activities to free cash flow for the periods presented:
 
Fiscal Year Ended
 
February 2, 2019
 
February 3, 2018
 
January 28,
 2017
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash from operating activities
$
427,103

 
$
210,085

 
$
297,428

Less: Capital expenditures
145,913

 
137,466

 
114,756

Free cash flow
$
281,190

 
$
72,619

 
$
182,672

Results of Operations
The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated:
 
Fiscal Year Ended
 
February 2, 2019
 
February 3, 2018
 
January 28, 2017
Statement of Operations Data
(dollars in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
12,724,454

 
$
12,495,995

 
$
12,095,302

Membership fee income
282,893

 
258,594

 
255,235

Total revenues
13,007,347

 
12,754,589

 
12,350,537

Cost of sales
10,646,452

 
10,513,492

 
10,223,017

Selling, general and administrative expenses
2,051,324

 
2,017,821

 
1,908,752

Preopening expense
6,118

 
3,004

 
2,749

Operating income
303,453

 
220,272

 
216,019

Interest expense, net
164,535

 
196,724

 
143,351

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
138,918

 
23,548

 
72,668

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
11,826

 
(28,427
)
 
27,968

Income from continuing operations
127,092

 
51,975

 
44,700

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
169

 
(1,674
)
 
(476
)
Net income
$
127,261

 
$
50,301

 
$
44,224

Operational Data:
 
 
 
 
 
Total clubs at end of period
216

 
215

 
214

Comparable club sales
3.7
%
 
0.8
 %
 
(2.6
)%
Comparable club sales excluding gasoline sales
2.2
%
 
(0.9
)%
 
(2.3
)%
Adjusted EBITDA
$
578,426

 
$
533,507

 
$
457,326

Free cash flow
281,190

 
72,619

 
182,672

Membership renewal rate
87
%
 
86
 %
 
85
 %

39



Fiscal Year 2018 Compared to Fiscal Year 2017
53rd Week:

The fourth quarter and full year of fiscal 2017 included one additional week ("53rd week") compared to the fourth quarter and full year of fiscal year 2018. Net sales and net income for the 53rd week of fiscal year 2017 were approximately $240 million and $7 million, respectively.
Net Sales
Net sales for fiscal year 2018 were $12.7 billion, a 1.8% increase from net sales reported for fiscal year 2017 of $12.5 billion. The increase was due primarily to a 3.7% increase in comparable club sales, which was partially offset by the 53rd week in the results of fiscal year 2017. Net sales in the 53rd week of fiscal year 2017 were approximately $240 million.
Comparable club sales
 
Fiscal Year Ended
 
February 2, 2019
Comparable club sales
3.7
%
Less: contribution from gasoline sales
1.5
%
Merchandise comparable sales
2.2
%
Comparable club sales excluding gasoline sales increased 2.2% in fiscal year 2018. The increase was driven by growth in general merchandise sales of approximately 3.0%, increases in sales of edible and non-edible groceries of approximately 2% and an increase in sales of perishables of approximately 1%.
The increase in general merchandise sales was driven by strong sales of television, apparel and small appliances. Sales of edible groceries improved primarily due to growth in salty snacks, water and specialty beverages. Sales of non-edible groceries improved primarily due to growth in laundry care and health and beauty products. The sales increase of perishables was driven mainly by strong sales in bakery, fresh meat and produce categories.
Membership fee income
Membership fee income was $282.9 million in fiscal year 2018 compared to $258.6 million in fiscal year 2017, a 9.4% increase. The growth in membership fee income was due to a membership fee increase implemented in January 2018, the record renewal rate of 87% and successful member acquisition efforts.
Cost of sales
Costs of sales was $10.6 billion, or 83.7% of net sales, in fiscal year 2018, compared to $10.5 billion, or 84.1% of net sales, in fiscal year 2017. The 0.4% decrease as a percentage of net sales was driven primarily by merchandise margin gains from the continued progress in our category profitability improvement program, partially offset by higher penetration of gasoline sales which lowers our overall margin rate. The decrease was also due to our successful procurement efforts, assortment optimization and improved sales penetration of private label items. Private label penetration increased to 20% in fiscal year 2018 from 19% in fiscal year 2017.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) were $2.1 billion, or 16.1% of net sales, in fiscal year 2018, compared to $2.0 billion, or 16.2% of net sales, in fiscal year 2017. SG&A expenses in fiscal year 2018 included non-recurring charges of $48.9 million for stock compensation related to awards issued in conjunction with our IPO, $4.0 million of impairment charges on fixed assets for a club that was relocated, $3.8 million of offering costs related to our IPO and secondary offerings and $3.3 million of management fees paid to our sponsors. SG&A expenses in fiscal year 2017 included non-recurring charges of $78.0 million of compensatory payments to stock option holders pursuant to antidilution provisions in connection with dividends paid to our sponsors, $9.1 million of severance expense associated with a voluntary reduction in force and $8.0 million of management fees paid to our sponsors. Excluding these items in both periods, SG&A expense as a percent of net sales increased by approximately 0.1% due to investments in marketing and payroll to drive the Company’s sales and profitability growth.

40



Preopening expenses
Preopening expenses were $6.1 million in fiscal year 2018, compared to $3.0 million in fiscal year 2017. Preopening expenses for fiscal year 2018 include charges for one new club and five new gas stations that opened in fiscal year 2018 and several new club openings expected for fiscal year 2019.
Interest expense
Interest expense was $164.5 million for fiscal year 2018, compared to $196.7 million for fiscal year 2017. Interest expense for fiscal year 2018 includes interest expense of $128.6 million related to debt service on outstanding borrowings, $25.4 million of charges related to the repricing of our outstanding borrowings, $6.6 million of amortization expense on deferred financing costs and original issue discounts on our outstanding borrowings, and $3.9 million of other interest charges. Interest expense decreased in fiscal year 2018 due to the extinguishment of our Second Lien Term Loan and the benefit of repricing our First Lien Term Loan and ABL facilities in fiscal year 2018.
Interest expense for fiscal year 2017 includes interest of $163.2 million related to debt service on outstanding borrowings, $8.5 million of amortization expense on deferred financing costs and original issue discounts on our outstanding borrowings, $21.1 million of charges related to debt refinancing loss on extinguishment of debt and $3.9 million of other interest charges.
Provision for income taxes

The Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 8.5% for fiscal year 2018 and (120.7)% for fiscal year 2017. The increase in the effective tax rate in fiscal year 2018 primarily resulted from a one-time benefit of $32.1 million in fiscal year 2017 for the revaluation of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ( the “TCJA”), partially offset by stock option windfall tax benefit of $20.0 million and the benefit of a full year at the reduced federal tax rate of 21% in fiscal year 2018.
Income and loss from discontinued operations
Income and loss from discontinued operations (net of income tax) was $0.2 million and $1.7 million in fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively. The charges in both periods represent accretion expense on lease obligations. Charges for the period ended February 2, 2019, also includes income of $0.9 million for the reserve reversal associated with the lease termination of the Company's Austell, Georgia location.
Fiscal Year Ended February 3, 2018 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 28, 2017
Net Sales
Net sales for fiscal year 2017 were $12.5 billion, a 3.3% increase from net sales reported for fiscal year 2016 of $12.1 billion. The increase was due to a 0.8% increase in comparable club sales, incremental sales from two new clubs opened since the beginning of last year and the impact of the 53rd week in fiscal year 2017. Adjusting for the additional week, net sales increased by approximately 1.3% to $12.3 billion from fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2017.
Comparable club sales
 
Fiscal Year Ended
 
February 3, 2018
Comparable club sales
0.8
 %
Less: contribution from gasoline sales
1.7
 %
Merchandise comparable sales
(0.9
)%
The increase in comparable club sales includes a favorable contribution from gasoline sales of 1.7% primarily due mainly to price inflation.

41



Comparable club sales excluding gasoline sales decreased 0.9% in fiscal year 2017 due to decreases in sales of edible grocery and perishables of approximately 2%, partially offset by an increase in sales of general merchandise of approximately 1%. The decline in edible grocery sales was driven by decreased sales of beverages, candy and breakfast foods partially offset by increases in specialty foods and water. The decrease in perishable sales was driven by lower sales of frozen meat and fresh produce, partially offset by increased sales in prepackaged meat and full-service deli. Non-edible grocery sales were flat due to better sales of household chemicals, offset by lower sales in pet care. Finally, the sales increase in general merchandise was driven by strong sales of apparel and home office supplies, slightly offset by lower sales in electronics.
Membership fee income
Membership fee income was $258.6 million in fiscal year 2017 versus $255.2 million in fiscal year 2016, a 1.3% increase. The growth was driven by a 5.8% increase in membership fee income on a cash basis, an increase in our renewal rate and incremental member acquisition efforts. The increase also reflects one month of our membership fee increase that became effective January 1, 2018.
Cost of sales
Costs of sales was $10.5 billion, or 84.1% of net sales, in fiscal year 2017, compared to $10.2 billion, or 84.5% of net sales, in fiscal year 2016. The decrease of 0.4% was due to successful procurement efforts, assortment optimization and better sales penetration of private label items. Private label penetration increased to 19% in fiscal year 2017 from 18% in fiscal year 2016.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
SG&A expenses were $2.0 billion or 16.2% of net sales in fiscal year 2017, compared to $1.9 billion or 15.8% in fiscal year 2016. The 0.4% increase was driven primarily by $78.0 million in compensatory payments to stock option holders pursuant to antidilution provisions in connection with dividends paid to our Sponsors and $9.1 million of severance expense associated with a voluntary reduction in force in February 2018. Excluding these items, SG&A expense as a percent of net sales decreased by approximately 0.3% due primarily to lower credit card related expenses of 0.1% and lower payroll benefits expense of 0.2% due mostly to lower medical and bonus expense.
Preopening expenses
Preopening expenses were $3.0 million in fiscal year 2017, compared to $2.7 million in fiscal year 2016. Preopening expenses for fiscal year 2017 include charges for one new club, two new gasoline stations and one club relocation that occurred in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. Preopening expenses for fiscal 2016 includes expenses for one new club and three gasoline stations.
Interest expense
Interest expense was $196.7 million for fiscal year 2017, compared to $143.4 million for fiscal year 2016. Interest expense for fiscal year 2017 includes interest expense of $163.2 million related to debt service on outstanding borrowings, $8.5 million of amortization expense on deferred financing costs and original issue discounts on our outstanding borrowings, $21.1 million of charges related to debt refinancing loss on extinguishment of debt and $3.9 million of other interest charges.
Interest expense for fiscal year 2016 includes interest of $122.2 million related to debt service on outstanding borrowings, $17.1 million of amortization expense on deferred financing costs and original issue discounts on our outstanding borrowings and $4.1 million of other interest charges.
Provision for income taxes

Our effective tax rate during the twelve months ended February 3, 2018 was impacted by the TCJA, which was enacted into law on December 22, 2017. The TCJA, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, effective as of January 1, 2018; limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense; limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of annual taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks (though any such tax losses may be carried forward indefinitely); and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits.


42



Income tax effects resulting from changes in tax laws are provisional and accounted for by the Company in accordance with the authoritative guidance, which requires that these tax effects be recognized in the period in which the law is enacted and the effects are recorded as a component of provision for income taxes from continuing operations. As a result, the effective tax rate from continuing operations was a benefit of (120.7%) in fiscal year 2017 compared to a rate of 38.5% in fiscal year 2016, primarily driven by a one-time adjustment of $32.1 million for the revaluation of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities, and other non-recurring items in fiscal year 2017 including a solar tax credit net tax benefit of $3.1 million, and a stock option windfall tax benefit of $1.3 million. Further, our effective tax rate in future periods will be favorably impacted by the lower federal statutory corporate income tax rate of 21%.
Loss from discontinued operations
Loss from discontinued operations (net of income tax benefit) was $1.7 million and $0.5 million in fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively. The loss for both periods consists of post-tax accretion expense on lease obligations related to two closed locations. The loss in fiscal year 2017, includes a charge of $2.1 million to the reserve due to a change in our estimated sublease income for the locations.

Seasonality

Our business is moderately seasonal in nature. Historically, our business has realized a slightly higher portion of net sales, operating income and cash flows from operations in the second and fourth fiscal quarters, attributable primarily to the impact of the summer and year-end holiday season, respectively. Our quarterly results have been and will continue to be affected by the timing of new club openings and their associated preopening costs. As a result of these factors, our financial results for any single quarter or for periods of less than a year are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows generated from club operations and borrowings from our senior secured asset based revolving credit and term facility ("ABL Facility"). As of February 2, 2019 cash and cash equivalents totaled $27.1 million, and we had $545.6 million of borrowings available under our ABL Facility. We believe that our current resources, together with anticipated cash flows from operations and borrowing capacity under our ABL Facility will be sufficient to finance our operations, meet our current debt obligations, and fund anticipated capital expenditures.
Summary of Cash Flows
A summary of our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities is presented in the following table:
 
Fiscal Year Ended 
 
 
February 2,
 2019
 
February 3, 2018
 
January 28, 2017
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
427,103

 
$
210,085

 
$
297,428

Net cash used in investing activities
(145,913
)
 
(137,466
)
 
(114,756
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(288,998
)
 
(69,629
)
 
(188,118
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
$
(7,808
)
 
$
2,990

 
$
(5,446
)
Net Cash from Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $427.1 million in fiscal year 2018, compared to $210.1 million in fiscal year 2017. The increase in operating cash flow was primarily due to higher operating income from improved margin rates and increased membership fee income, lower interest payments due to the paydown of the Second Lien Term Loan, and strong working capital management including better management of accounts payable. Additionally, fiscal 2018 operating cash flows increased due to non-recurring costs of $88.2 million related to the dividend transaction in February 2017, including the compensatory payments related to stock options and debt issuance costs that could not be deferred.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $210.1 million in fiscal year 2017 versus $297.4 million in fiscal year 2016. The decrease in operating cash flow was primarily due to non-recurring costs of $88.2 million related to the dividend transaction in February 2017, including the compensatory payments related to stock options and debt issuance costs that could not be deferred. Excluding those items, operating cash flow increased by $0.9 million in fiscal year 2017.

43



Net Cash from Investing Activities
Cash used for capital expenditures was $145.9 million in fiscal year 2018, compared to $137.5 million in fiscal year 2017. The increase was due to more investments in technology and more spending on new and relocated clubs compared to the prior year.
Cash used for capital expenditures was $137.5 million in fiscal year 2017 compared to $114.8 million in fiscal year 2016. The increase was due to more investment in club renovations and investments in technology.
Net Cash from Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities in fiscal year 2018 was $289.0 million compared to $69.6 million in fiscal year 2017. The increase over last year is due mainly to the extinguishment of the Second Lien Term Loan in the second quarter and the partial paydown of the First Lien Term Loan in conjunction with its repricing in the third quarter. Net proceeds from the ABL Facility were $72.0 million in fiscal year 2018 and $162.0 million in fiscal year 2017. The increase in cash used for financing activities was also offset by net proceeds of $691.0 million from the IPO.
Cash used in financing activities in fiscal year 2017 was $69.6 million and includes net borrowings of $162.0 million on the ABL Facility and net borrowings of $533.1 million on the Term Loan Facilities, partially offset by dividend payments of $735.5 million and debt issuance costs of $24.6 million.
Financing Obligations
On February 3, 2017, we entered into the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities, in part to amend our Prior ABL Facility and refinance our Prior Term Loan Facilities. The Second Lien Term Loan was fully repaid on July 2, 2018 in connection with the closing of the IPO.
On August 13, 2018, the Company refinanced its First Lien Term Loan and reduced the principal on the loan. The Company drew $350.0 million under its ABL Facility to fund the transaction. As amended, the First Lien Term Loan has an initial principal amount of $1,537.7 million and interest is calculated either at LIBOR plus 275 to 300 basis points or a base rate plus 175 to 200 basis points based on the Company achieving a net leverage ratio of 3.00 to 1.00. The Company paid debt costs of $1.8 million and accrued interest of $1.2 million at closing.
On August 17, 2018, we amended the ABL Facility to extend the maturity date from February 3, 2022 to August 17, 2023 and reduce the applicable interest rates and letter of credit fees on the facility. As amended, interest on the revolving credit facility is calculated either at LIBOR plus a range of 125 to 175 basis points or a base rate plus a range of 25 to 75 basis points; and interest on the term loan is calculated at LIBOR plus a range of 200 to 250 basis points or a base rate plus a range of 100 to 150 basis points, in all cases based on excess availability. The applicable spread of LIBOR and base rate loans at all levels of excess availability steps down by 12.5 basis points upon achieving total net leverage of 3.00 to 1.00. The Company paid debt costs of approximately $1.0 million at closing.




44



Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of February 2, 2019:

 
 
Payments Due by Period
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Total
 
Less than 1 year
 
1-3 Years
 
3-5 Years
 
More than 5 Years
Outstanding borrowings and interest(1)
 
$
2,250,486

 
$
349,549

 
$
200,584

 
$
1,700,353

 
$

Operating leases
 
3,245,562

 
309,785

 
610,366

 
547,204

 
1,778,207

Capital and financing leases including interest
 
58,377

 
4,510

 
9,640

 
9,850

 
34,377

Closed store lease obligations
 
3,189

 
739

 
1,478

 
972

 

Purchase obligations(2)
 
386,505

 
349,266

 
28,115

 
8,415

 
709

Total
 
$
5,944,119

 
$
1,013,849

 
$
850,183

 
$
2,266,794

 
$
1,813,293


(1)
Total interest payments associated with these borrowings are included within this amount and are estimated to be $461.8 million based on the LIBOR interest rate of 5.51% on the First Lien Term Loan and 3.76% on the ABL Facility.

(2)
Includes our significant contractual unconditional purchase obligations. For cancellable agreements, any penalty due upon cancellation is included. These commitments do not exceed our projected requirements and are in the normal course of business. Examples include firm commitments for merchandise purchase orders, gasoline and information technology.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are, in the opinion of management, reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our results of operations or financial position. We do enter into operating lease commitments, letters of credit and purchase obligations in the normal course of our operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We review our estimates on an ongoing basis and make judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities based on a number of factors. These factors include historical experience and assumptions made by management that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Although management believes the judgment applied in preparing estimates is reasonable based on circumstances and information known at the time, actual results could vary materially from estimates based on assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. This section summarizes critical accounting policies and the related judgments involved in their application.

The most significant accounting estimates involve a high degree of judgment or complexity. Management believes the estimates and judgments most critical to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and to the understanding of our reported financial results include those made in connection with revenue recognition, estimating vendor rebates and allowances; estimating the value of inventory; impairment assessments for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, and long-lived assets; self-insurance reserves, income taxes, estimating equity-based compensation expense and fair value of common stock. Our significant accounting policies related to these accounts in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are described below.


45



Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from the sale of merchandise, net of estimated returns, at the time of purchase by the customer in the club. For sales of merchandise on our website, revenue is recognized when control of the merchandise is transferred to the customer, which is typically at the shipping point.

Sales incentives redeemable only at BJ’s, such as coupons and instant rebates, are recorded as a reduction of net sales. Membership fee revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the membership, which is typically twelve months. Consideration from manufacturers’ incentives (such as rebates or coupons) is recorded gross in net sales when the incentive is generic and can be tendered by a consumer at any reseller and the Company receives direct reimbursement from the manufacturer, or clearinghouse authorized by the manufacturer, based on the face value of the incentive. If these conditions are not met, such consideration is recorded as a decrease in cost of sales.

The Company’s BJ’s Perks Rewards® members earn 2% cash back, up to a maximum of $500 per year, on all eligible purchases made at BJ’s. The Company’s My BJ’s Perks® Mastercard® credit card holders earn 3% or 5% cash back on all eligible purchases made at BJ’s and 1% to 2% cash back on purchases made with the card outside of BJ’s. Cash back is in the form of electronic awards issued in $20 increments that may be used at checkout at BJ's and expire six months from the date of issuance. Cash back may be requested in the form of a check before awards expire. The Company accounts for the Awards as a reduction in net sales, with the related liability being classified within other current liabilities.

BJ’s gift cards are available for purchase at all of our clubs. We do not charge administrative fees on unused gift cards, and gift cards do not have an expiration date. Revenue from gift card sales is recognized upon redemption of the gift card. The Company recognizes breakage in proportion to its rate of gift cards redemptions.

In the ordinary course of business, sales taxes are collected on items purchased by the members that are taxable in the jurisdictions when the purchases take place. These taxes are then remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. These taxes collected are excluded from revenues in the financial statements.At the beginning of fiscal year 2018, we adopted the provisions of ASC No. 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and related amendments (“ASC 606”) using the modified retrospective method.

As a result of the adoption, our revenue recognition policy as of February 4, 2018 reflects the following major changes:
Recognition of e-commerce sales when control is transferred to the customer

Recognition of royalty revenue in connection with our co-brand credit card program as variable consideration

Recognition of gift card breakage in proportion to gift card redemptions
See Note 2 to our financial statements for further information.

Vendor Rebates and Allowances

We receive various types of cash consideration from vendors, principally in the form of rebates and allowances that typically do not exceed a one-year time period. We recognize such vendor rebates and allowances as a reduction of cost of sales based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to the underlying transaction that results in progress by BJ’s toward earning the rebates and allowances, provided the amounts to be earned are probable and reasonably estimable. We review the status of all rebates and allowances at least once per quarter and update our estimates, if necessary, at that time. We believe that our review process has allowed us to avoid material adjustments in estimates of vendor rebates and allowances.


46



Inventory

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined under the average cost method, or net realizable value. We recognize the write-down of slow-moving or obsolete inventory in cost of sales when such write-downs are probable and estimable. Records are maintained at the stock keeping unit (“SKU”) level. We utilize various reports that allow our merchandising staff to make timely markdown decisions to ensure rapid inventory turnover, which is essential in our business. The carrying value of any SKU for which the selling price is marked down to below cost is immediately reduced to that selling price.

We take physical inventories of merchandise on a cycle basis at every location at least once every 24 months, relying on our weekly cycle counting programs in the intervening periods. A physical inventory is taken at the end of the year at selected locations that don’t meet our targeted accuracy rates or are experiencing unusual shrink activity. We write down inventory for estimated shrinkage for the period between physical inventories. This estimate is based on historical results of previous physical inventories, shrinkage trends or other judgments management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. We have not had material adjustments between our estimated shrinkage percentages and actual results.

Impairment of Goodwill, Indefinite-Lived and Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill annually to determine whether it is impaired. Goodwill is also tested more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. We have identified one reporting unit and selected the fourth fiscal quarter to perform our annual goodwill impairment testing. Goodwill impairment guidance provides entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly known as “step zero”) to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary before performing the two-step test. The qualitative assessment requires significant judgments by management about economic conditions including the entity’s operating environment, its industry and other market considerations, entity-specific events related to financial performance or loss of key personnel and other events that could impact the reporting unit. If management concludes, based on assessment of relevant events, facts and circumstances, that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is greater than its carrying value, no further impairment testing is required.

If management’s assessment of qualitative factors indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then a two-step quantitative assessment is performed. We also have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment described above and proceed directly to the two-step quantitative assessment. In the first step, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

To assess for impairment, we bypassed the qualitative assessment and performed a step-one test for fiscal year 2018. For fiscal years 2018 and 2017, we performed the qualitative step-zero assessment. Our tests for impairment of goodwill resulted in a determination that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of our net assets and no impairment was recorded in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016. The Company does not believe our reporting unit is considered at risk of failing the impairment test as the fair value of the reporting unit significantly exceeded the carrying value of the reporting unit. We do not anticipate any material impairment charges in the near term.


47



Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

We consider the BJ’s trade name to be an indefinite-lived intangible asset, as we currently anticipate that this trade name will contribute cash flows to us indefinitely. We evaluate whether the trade name continues to have an indefinite life on an annual basis. Our trade name is reviewed for impairment annually in the fourth fiscal quarter and may be reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. If the recorded carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value, we record a charge to write the intangible asset down to its estimated fair value. Calculating the fair value requires significant judgment. We determine the fair value of our trade name using the relief from royalty method, a variation of the income approach. The use of different assumptions, estimates or judgments, such as the estimated future cash flows, the discount rate used to discount such cash flows or the estimated royalty rate, could significantly increase or decrease the estimated fair value of the intangible asset.

We assessed the recoverability of the BJ’s trade name and determined that its estimated fair value exceeded its carrying value and that no impairment was recorded in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Long-Lived Assets

We review the realizability of our long-lived assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are present, our club level, periodically and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. We monitor our club portfolio to identify clubs that are underperforming. When we identify an underperforming club, we perform a review to reassess the future cash flows of the club. Current and expected operating results and cash flows and other factors are considered in connection with our reviews. Significant judgments are made in projecting future cash flows and are based on a number of factors, including the maturity level of the club, historical experience of clubs with similar characteristics, recent sales, margin and other trends and general economic assumptions. Our estimates of future cash flows are based on our experience, knowledge and judgments. These estimates can be affected by factors that are difficult to predict including future revenue, operating results and economic conditions. While we believe our estimates are reasonable, different assumptions regarding future cash flows could affect our analysis and result in future impairment. Impairment losses are measured and recorded as the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the assets. In fiscal year 2018, we recorded an impairment loss of $4.0 million on the fixed assets at our club in Hooksett, New Hampshire to lower the carrying value of the fixed assets to its estimated fair value less cost to sell. No impairment charges were recorded in fiscal years 2017 and 2016.

Self-Insurance Reserves

We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, general liability claims and medical claims. Reported reserves for these claims are derived from estimated ultimate costs based upon individual claim file reserves and estimates for incurred but not reported claims. Estimates are based on historical claims experience and other actuarial assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Income Taxes

We pay income taxes to federal, state and municipal taxing authorities. We are subject to audit by these jurisdictions and maintain reserves for those uncertain tax positions which we believe may be subject to challenge. Our reserves are based on our estimate of the likely outcome of these audits, and are revised periodically based on changes in tax law and court cases involving taxpayers with similar circumstances.


48



We recognize the financial statement impact for uncertain income tax positions based on a two-step process. We recognize the financial statement impact of a tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. If the tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the tax effect is recognized at the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. In future periods, changes in facts, circumstances and new information may require us to change the recognition and measurement estimates with regard to individual tax positions. Changes in recognition and measurement estimates are recorded in income tax expense and liability in the period in which such changes occur.

Share-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation cost for employee stock options awards based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the grant date. Compensation cost is recognized over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the awards, which is typically the vesting period. For awards that contain only a service vesting feature, we use straight-line attribution to recognize the cost of the awards. For awards with a performance condition feature, we recognize compensation cost ratably over the awards’ expected vesting periods when achievement of the performance condition is deemed probable.

We estimate the fair value of our stock option awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which uses as inputs the fair value of our common stock and subjective assumptions we make, including the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the award, the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The risk free interest rate was based on United States Treasury yields in effect at the time of the grant for notes with terms comparable to the awards. Expected volatility was determined based on the historical volatilities of comparable companies. We use the simplified method to calculate the expected term for options granted to employees. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as we do not have current plans to pay any dividends on common stock.

Determination of Fair Value of Common Stock

As there was no public market for our common stock prior to the IPO, the estimated fair value of our common stock was determined by our Board as of the date of each option grant, with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock and our Board’s assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

In estimating the fair value of our common stock, we estimated the aggregate fair value of the Company and then allocate this aggregate value to our capital structure. In determining the fair value, we used a combination of the income approach and the market approach. Under the income approach, fair value is estimated based on the discounted present value of the cash flows that the business can be expected to generate in the future. The most significant estimates and assumptions inherent in this approach are based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that period, which is referred to as the terminal value. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate, which is based on rates of return available from alternative investments of similar type and quality as of the date of value, which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. Under the market approach, fair value is estimated using the guideline public company method. The guideline public company method uses a peer group of publicly traded companies and considers multiples of financial metrics to derive a range of indicated values. Determination of the peer group is based on factors including, but not limited to, the similarity of their industry, growth rate and stage of development, business model and financial risk. To derive our fair value we summed a 50% weighting of the fair value derived by the income approach and a 50% weighting of the market approach.


49



After the IPO, the fair value of our common stock is determined based on the trading price on the NYSE.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our audited financial statements for information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements.


50



Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to changes in market interest rates and these changes in rates will impact our net interest expense and our cash flow from operations. Substantially all our borrowings carry variable interest rates. An increase in interest rates could have a material impact on our cash flow. As of February 2, 2019, a 100-basis point increase in assumed interest rates for our variable interest credit facilities would have had an annual impact of approximately $22 million on interest expense. We did not have any interest rate swaps or other hedging arrangements to mitigate interest rates in fiscal year 2018. In November 2018, the Company entered into three forward starting interest rate swaps, which became effective on February 13, 2019. The Company fixed the LIBOR component of $1.2 billion of its floating rate debt at a rate of approximately 3.0%.

51



Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


52



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of contingently redeemable common stock and stockholders' deficit and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 2, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 2, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts

March 25, 2019



We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1996.


53



BJ’S WHOLESALE CLUB HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands)
 
February 2, 2019
 
February 3, 2018
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
27,146

 
$
34,954

Accounts receivable, net
194,300

 
190,756

Merchandise inventories
1,052,306

 
1,019,138

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
63,454

 
81,972

Prepaid federal and state income taxes

 
9,784

Total current assets
1,337,206

 
1,336,604

Property and equipment:


 


Land and buildings
390,243

 
404,400

Leasehold costs and improvements
203,394

 
184,165

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
1,039,360

 
924,616

Construction in progress
23,749

 
20,775

 
1,656,746

 
1,533,956

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
(907,968
)
 
(775,206
)
Total property and equipment, net
748,778

 
758,750

Goodwill
924,134

 
924,134

Intangibles, net
200,870

 
224,876

Other assets
28,297

 
29,492

Total assets
$
3,239,285

 
$
3,273,856

LIABILITIES
 
 
 
Current liabilities:


 


Current portion of long-term debt
$
254,377

 
$
219,750

Accounts payable
816,880

 
751,948

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
504,834

 
495,767

Closed store obligations due within one year
739

 
2,122

Accrued federal and state income taxes
858

 

Total current liabilities
1,577,688

 
1,469,587

Long-term debt
1,546,471

 
2,492,660

Noncurrent closed store obligations
2,450

 
6,561

Deferred income taxes
36,937

 
57,074

Other noncurrent liabilities
277,823

 
267,393

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 8)


 


Contingently redeemable common stock, par value $0.01; no shares issued and outstanding at February 2, 2019 and 1,456 shares issued and outstanding at February 3, 2018

 
10,438

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
 
 
 
Common stock; par value $0.01; 305,000 shares authorized, 138,099 shares issued and 137,317 shares outstanding at February 2, 2019; 305,000 shares authorized, 87,073 shares issued and outstanding at February 3, 2018
1,381

 
871

Additional paid-in capital
742,072

 
2,883

Accumulated deficit
(915,113
)
 
(1,036,012
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(11,315
)
 
2,401

Treasury stock, at cost, 782 shares at February 2, 2019 and no shares at February 3, 2018
(19,109
)
 

Total stockholders’ deficit
(202,084
)
 
(1,029,857
)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
$
3,239,285

 
$
3,273,856

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

54



BJ’S WHOLESALE CLUB HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
 
Fiscal Year Ended
January 28, 2017
Net sales
$
12,724,454

 
$
12,495,995

 
$
12,095,302

Membership fee income
282,893

 
258,594

 
255,235

Total revenues
13,007,347

 
12,754,589

 
12,350,537

Cost of sales
10,646,452

 
10,513,492

 
10,223,017

Selling, general and administrative expenses
2,051,324

 
2,017,821

 
1,908,752

Preopening expense
6,118

 
3,004

 
2,749

Operating income
303,453

 
220,272

 
216,019

Interest expense, net
164,535

 
196,724

 
143,351

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
138,918

 
23,548

 
72,668

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
11,826

 
(28,427
)
 
27,968

Income from continuing operations
127,092

 
51,975

 
44,700

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
169

 
(1,674
)
 
(476
)
Net income
$
127,261

 
$
50,301

 
$
44,224

Income per share attributable to common stockholders — basic:


 


 


Income from continuing operations
$
1.09

 
$
0.59

 
$
0.51

Loss from discontinued operations

 
$
(0.02
)
 
$
(0.01
)
Net income
$
1.09

 
$
0.57

 
$
0.50

Income per share attributable to common stockholders — diluted:


 


 


Income from continuing operations
$
1.05

 
$
0.56

 
$
0.49

Loss from discontinued operations

 
(0.02
)
 
(0.01
)
Net income
$
1.05

 
$
0.54

 
$
0.48

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:


 


 


Basic
116,599

 
88,386

 
88,164

Diluted
121,135

 
92,264

 
90,736

Other comprehensive income:


 


 


Postretirement medical plan adjustment, net of income tax of $94, $204 and $744, respectively
$
240

 
$
(312
)
 
$
(1,086
)
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge, net of income tax of $5,454, $0 and $25, respectively
(13,956
)
 

 
38

Total other comprehensive income
$
(13,716
)
 
$
(312
)
 
$
(1,048
)
Total comprehensive income
$
113,545

 
$
49,989

 
$
43,176

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


55



BJ’S WHOLESALE CLUB HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONTINGENTLY REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(Amount in thousands)
 
Contingently 
Redeemable
Common Stock
 
 
Common Stock 
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  
 
Accumulated
Deficit
  
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
  
 
Treasury Stock
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
Shares 
 
Amount 
 
Shares 
 
Amount  
 
 
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Balance, January 30, 2016
945

 
$
7,951

 
87,073

 
$
871

 
$
(4,289
)
 
$
(400,984
)
 
$
3,329

 

 
$

 
$
(401,073
)
Net income

 

 

 

 

 
44,224

 

 

 

 
44,224

Postretirement medical plan adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 
(1,086
)
 

 

 
(1,086
)
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 
38

 

 

 
38

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 
(25
)
 

 

 

 

 
(25
)
Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 
11,828

 

 

 

 

 
11,828

Option exercises
217

 
1,038

 

 

 
(661
)
 

 

 

 

 
(661
)
Call of shares
(119)

 
(844
)
 

 

 
(583
)
 

 

 

 

 
(583
)
Other equity transactions

 

 

 

 
127

 

 

 

 

 
127

Balance, January 28, 2017
1,043

 
$
8,145

 
87,073

 
$
871

 
$
6,397

 
$
(356,760
)
 
$
2,281

 

 

 
$
(347,211
)
Net income

 

 

 

 

 
50,301

 

 

 

 
50,301

Postretirement medical plan adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 
(312
)
 

 

 
(312
)
Dividends paid

 

 

 

 
(6,397
)
 
(729,121
)
 

 

 

 
(735,518
)
Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 
9,102

 

 

 

 

 
9,102

Option exercises
616

 
3,708

 

 

 
(2,850
)
 

 

 

 

 
(2,850
)
Call of shares
(203)

 
(1,415
)
 

 

 
(554
)
 

 

 

 

 
(554
)
Other equity transactions

 

 

 

 
(2,815
)
 
(432
)
 
432

 

 

 
(2,815
)
Balance, February 3, 2018
1,456

 
$
10,438

 
87,073

 
$
871

 
$
2,883

 
$
(1,036,012
)
 
$
2,401

 

 

 
$
(1,029,857
)
Net income

 

 

 

 

 
127,261

 

 

 

 
127,261

Postretirement medical plan adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 
240

 

 

 
240

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 
(13,956
)
 

 

 
(13,956
)
Dividend paid

 

 

 

 
(25
)
 

 

 

 

 
(25
)
Common stock issued for public offering, net of related fees

 

 
43,125

 
431

 
685,458

 

 

 

 

 
685,889

Common stock issued under stock incentive plans

 

 
4,875

 
49

 
(49
)
 

 

 

 

 

Stock reclassification as a result of public offering
(1,736
)
 
(13,202
)
 
1,736

 
17

 
13,185

 

 

 

 

 
13,202

Common stock issued related to follow-on offering

 

 
1,290

 
13

 
(13
)
 

 

 

 

 

Common stock repurchased upon vesting of stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(782
)
 
(19,109
)
 
(19,109
)
Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 
57,677

 

 

 

 

 
57,677

Options exercised prior to public offering
280

 
2,792

 

 

 
(2,210
)
 

 

 

 

 
(2,210
)
Call of shares prior to public offering

 
(28
)
 

 

 
(12
)
 

 

 

 

 
(12
)
Net shares used to pay tax withholdings upon option exercise

 

 

 

 
(22,883
)
 

 

 

 

 
(22,883
)
Net cash received on option exercises

 

 

 

 
8,061

 

 

 

 

 
8,061

Cumulative effect of change in Accounting principle

 

 

 

 

 
(6,362
)
 

 

 

 
(6,362
)
Balance, February 2, 2019

 
$

 
138,099

 
$
1,381

 
$
742,072

 
$
(915,113
)
 
$
(11,315
)
 
(782
)
 
$
(19,109
)
 
$
(202,084
)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

56



BJ’S WHOLESALE CLUB HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
 
Fiscal Year Ended
January 28, 2017
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
127,261

 
$
50,301

 
$
44,224

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:


 


 


Charges for discontinued operations
(235
)
 
2,766

 
802

Depreciation and amortization
162,223

 
164,061

 
178,325

Amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of original issues discount
6,556

 
8,463

 
17,091

Debt extinguishment and refinancing charges
23,602

 
9,788

 

Impairment charges for assets held for sale
3,962

 

 

Other non-cash items, net
2,362

 
3,892

 
32

Stock-based compensation expense
57,677

 
9,102

 
11,828

Deferred income tax provision
(12,314
)
 
(35,623
)
 
(23,530
)
Increase (decrease) in cash due to changes in:


 


 


Accounts receivable
(3,976
)
 
(24,507
)
 
26,533

Merchandise inventories
(33,168
)
 
12,706

 
30,010

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
26,338

 
(47,867
)
 
16,184

Other assets
874

 
967

 
2,034

Accounts payable
68,884

 
36,081

 
(29,277
)
Change in book overdrafts
(19,770
)
 
7,523

 
(42,781
)
Accrued expenses
13,738

 
23,241

 
49,441

Accrued income taxes
10,642

 
(12,651
)
 
6,343

Closed store obligations
(5,259
)
 
(2,354
)
 
(1,942
)
Other noncurrent liabilities
(2,294
)
 
4,196

 
12,111

Net cash provided by operating activities
427,103

 
210,085

 
297,428

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES


 


 


Additions to property and equipment, net of disposals
(145,913
)
 
(137,466
)
 
(114,756
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(145,913
)
 
(137,466
)
 
(114,756
)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES


 


 


Proceeds from long term debt

 
547,544

 

Payments on long term debt
(36,167
)
 
(14,437
)
 
(65,161
)
Paydown of the First Lien Term Loan and extinguishment of Second Lien Term Loan
(975,633
)
 

 

Proceeds from ABL facility
1,587,000

 
1,645,000

 
1,166,000

Payments on ABL facility
(1,515,000
)
 
(1,483,000
)
 
(1,287,000
)
Debt issuance costs paid
(982
)
 
(24,635
)
 
(754
)
Dividends paid
(25
)
 
(735,518
)
 
(25
)
Capital lease and financing obligations payments
(691
)
 
(657
)
 
(535
)
Net cash received (paid) from stock option exercises
(14,240
)
 
858

 
377

Cash paid for share repurchases

 
(1,969
)
 
(1,427
)
Acquisition of treasury stock
(19,109
)
 

 

Proceeds from Initial Public Offering, net of underwriters discount and commission
690,970

 

 

Payment of Initial Public Offering costs
(5,081
)
 

 

Other financing activities
(40
)
 
(2,815
)
 
407

Net cash used in financing activities
(288,998
)
 
(69,629
)
 
(188,118
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(7,808
)
 
2,990

 
(5,446
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
34,954

 
31,964

 
37,410

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
27,146

 
$
34,954

 
$
31,964

Supplemental cash flow information:


 


 


Interest paid, net of capitalized interest
$
152,882

 
$
152,178

 
$
126,919

Income taxes paid
15,845

 
14,820

 
45,746

Non-cash financing and investing activities:


 


 


Conversion of contingently redeemable common stock into common stock
13,202

 

 

Property additions included in accrued expenses
13,849

 
19,405

 
16,915

Property acquired through financing obligations

 

 
6,500

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

57



BJ’S WHOLESALE CLUB HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.
Description of Business
BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Company” or “BJ’s”) is a leading warehouse club operator in the eastern United States of America. As of February 2, 2019, BJ’s operated 216 warehouse clubs in 16 states.
BJ’s business, in common with the business of retailers generally, is subject to seasonal influences. Sales and operating income have typically been strongest in the fourth quarter holiday season and lowest in the first quarter of each fiscal year.
BJ's Wholesale Club, Inc., the primary operating subsidiary of the registrant, was previously an independent publicly traded corporation until its acquisition on September 30, 2011, by a subsidiary of Beacon Holding Inc., a company incorporated on June 24, 2011 by investment funds affiliated with or advised by Leonard Green & Partners and CVC Capital Partners, (collectively, "the Sponsors") for the purpose of the acquisition. On February 23, 2018, Beacon Holding Inc. changed its name to BJ's Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. On July 2, 2018, BJ's Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. became a publicly traded entity in connection with its initial public offering ("IPO") of common stock and listing on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the ticker symbol "BJ".
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. Fiscal year 2018 (“2018") consists of the 52 weeks ended February 2, 2019, fiscal year 2017 (“2017”) consists of the 53 weeks ended February 3, 2018 and fiscal year 2016 (“2016”) consists of the 52 weeks ended January 28, 2017.
Initial Public Offering and 2018 Secondary Offering
On July 2, 2018, the Company completed its IPO, in which the Company issued and sold 43,125,000 shares of its common stock (including 5,625,000 shares of common stock that were subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) at an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share. The Company received total aggregate proceeds of $685.9 million net of underwriters’ discounts, commissions and other transaction expenses, which totaled $47.2 million.
On July 2, 2018, the Company used the net proceeds from the IPO to extinguish the total outstanding balance of $623.3 million of its senior secured second lien term loan facility (the “Second Lien Term Loan”). See our Debt and Credit Arrangements footnote, for further discussion regarding the Second Lien Term Loan extinguishment.
On October 1, 2018, certain selling stockholders completed the registered sale of 32,200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a public offering price of $26.00 per share. Of the 32,200,000 shares sold, 4,200,000 shares represented the underwriters’ exercise of their overallotment option. The Company did not receive any proceeds from this offering or incur underwriters’ discounts or commissions on the sale. The Company incurred transaction costs of $2.4 million primarily for legal, accounting and printer services related to the offering.
 Stock Split
On June 15, 2018, the Company effected a seven-to-one stock split of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock and proportional adjustment to the existing conversion ratios for each series of the Company’s Contingently Redeemable Common Stock (see Note 10). Accordingly, all shares and per share amounts for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted retroactively, where applicable, to reflect this stock split and adjustment of the contingently redeemable common stock conversion ratios.
Deferred Offering Costs
The Company capitalized certain legal, professional, accounting and other third-party fees that were directly associated with the July 2, 2018 IPO as deferred offering costs. Upon the consummation of the IPO, $47.2 million was recorded in stockholders’ deficit as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.

58



Estimates Included in Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates relied upon in preparing these consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition; vendor rebates and allowances; estimating inventory reserves; estimating impairment assessments of goodwill, intangible assets, and other long-lived assets; estimating self-insurance reserves; estimating income taxes and equity-based compensation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Segment Reporting
The Company’s club retail operations, which represent substantially all of the Company’s consolidated total revenues, are the Company’s only reportable operating segment. All of the Company’s identifiable assets are located in the United States. The Company does not have significant sales outside the United States, nor does any customer represent more than 10% of total revenues for any period presented.
The following table summarizes the percentage of net sales by category:
 
Fiscal Year
 
2018 % of Total
 
2017 % of Total
 
2016 % of Total
Edible Grocery
24
%
 
24
%
 
25
%
Perishables
28
%
 
29
%
 
29
%
Non-Edible Grocery
21
%
 
21
%
 
22
%
General Merchandise
14
%
 
14
%
 
14
%
Gasoline & Other Ancillary Services
13
%
 
12
%
 
10
%
Concentration Risk
An adverse change in the Company’s relationships with its key suppliers could have a material effect on the business and results of operations of the Company. Currently, one distributor consolidates a substantial majority of perishables for shipment to the clubs. While the Company believes that such a consolidation is in its best interest overall, a prolonged disruption in logistics processes could materially impact sales and profitability for the near term.
All of the warehouse clubs are located in the eastern United States. Sales from the New York metropolitan area made up approximately 25% of net sales in 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk principally consist of cash held in financial institutions. The Company considers the credit risk associated with these financial instruments to be minimal. Cash is held by financial institutions with high credit ratings and the Company has not historically sustained any credit losses associated with its cash balances.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. Book overdrafts not subject to offset with other accounts with the same financial institution are classified as accounts payable.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consists primarily of credit card receivables and receivables from vendors related to rebates and coupons and is stated net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $0.9 million at February 2, 2019 and $1.2 million at February 3, 2018. The determination of the allowance for doubtful accounts is based on BJ’s historical experience applied to an aging of accounts and a review of individual accounts with a known potential for write-off.

59



Merchandise Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined under the average cost method, or net realizable value. The Company recognizes the write-down of slow-moving or obsolete inventory in cost of sales when such write-downs are probable and estimable. The Company writes down inventory for estimated shrinkage for the period between physical inventories based on historical results of previous physical inventories, shrinkage trends or other judgments management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Buildings and improvements are depreciated over estimated useful lives of 33 years. Interest related to the development of buildings is capitalized during the construction period. Leasehold costs and improvements are amortized over the remaining lease term (which includes renewal periods that are reasonably assured) or the asset’s estimated useful life, whichever is shorter. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated over estimated useful lives, ranging from three to ten years. Depreciation expense was $140.4 million in 2018, $138.0 million in 2017 and $149.5 million in 2016.
Certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining computer software for internal use are capitalized. Capitalized software costs are included in furniture, fixtures, and equipment and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, which is three to seven years. Software costs not meeting the criteria for capitalization are expensed as incurred.
Expenditures for betterments and major improvements that significantly enhance the value and increase the estimated useful life of the assets are capitalized and depreciated over the new estimated useful life. Repairs and maintenance costs on all assets are expensed as incurred.
Deferred Issuance Costs
The Company defers costs directly associated with acquiring third-party financing. Debt issuance costs related to the term loans are recorded as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt and debt issuance costs associated with the ABL are recorded within other assets. Debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the related financing arrangements on a straight-line basis, which is materially consistent with the effective interest method. Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs is recorded in interest expense and was $3.3 million in 2018, $4.1 million in 2017 and $7.7 million in 2016.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill and indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets are not subject to amortization. The Company assesses the recoverability of its goodwill and trade name annually in the fourth quarter or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate it may be impaired. The Company has determined it has one reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes.
The Company may assess its goodwill for impairment initially using a qualitative approach (“step zero”) to determine whether conditions exist to indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If management concludes, based on its assessment of relevant events, facts and circumstances that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value is greater than its fair value, then a quantitative analysis will be performed to determine if there is any impairment. The Company may also elect to initially perform a quantitative analysis instead of starting with step zero. The quantitative assessment for goodwill is a two-step assessment. “Step one” requires comparing the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, to its fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. “Step two” compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying amount of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by a hypothetical purchase price allocation using the reporting unit’s fair value as the purchase price. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment charge is recorded to write down goodwill to its implied fair value and is recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expense (“SG&A”). The Company assessed the recoverability of goodwill in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 and determined that there was no impairment.
The Company assesses the recoverability of its trade name whenever there are indicators of impairment, or at least annually in the fourth quarter. If the recorded carrying value of the trade name exceeds its estimated fair value, the Company records a charge to write the intangible asset down to its estimated fair value as a component of SG&A. The Company assessed the recoverability of the BJ’s trade name and determined that its estimated fair value exceeded its carrying value and that no impairment was necessary in fiscal years 2018, 2017 or 2016.

60



Impairment of Long-lived Assets
The Company reviews the realizability of long-lived assets periodically and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Current and expected operating results and cash flows and other factors are considered in connection with management’s reviews. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the recoverability test is performed using undiscounted net cash flows of individual clubs and consolidated net cash flows for long-lived assets not identifiable to individual clubs. Impairment losses are measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the assets being evaluated. In fiscal year 2018 we recorded an impairment loss of $4.0 million on the fixed assets of Hooksett, New Hampshire to lower the carrying value of the fixed assets to its estimated fair value less cost to sell. No impairment charges were recorded in fiscal years 2017 or 2016.
Asset Retirement Obligations
An asset retirement obligation represents a legal obligation associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset that is incurred upon the acquisition, construction, development or normal operation of that long-lived asset. The Company recognizes asset retirement obligations in the period in which they are placed in service, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The asset retirement obligation is subsequently adjusted for changes in fair value. The associated estimated asset retirement costs are capitalized in leasehold improvements and depreciated over their useful life. The Company’s asset retirement obligations relate to the future removal of gasoline tanks and solar panels installed at leased clubs and the related assets associated with the gas stations and solar panel locations. See our Asset Retirement Obligations footnote for further information on the amounts accrued.
Self-Insurance Reserves
The Company is primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, general liability claims and medical claims. Reported reserves for these claims are derived from estimated ultimate costs based upon individual claim file reserves and estimates for incurred but not reported claims. The Company carries stop-loss insurance on its workers’ compensation and general liability claims to mitigate its exposure to large claims.
Revenue Recognition
At the beginning of fiscal year 2018, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and related amendments (“ASC 606”) using the modified retrospective adoption method. The following describes the changes to the Company’s accounting policies due to the adoption of ASC 606:
The Company uses the five-step model to recognize revenue:
1)Identify the contract with the customer;
2)Identify the performance obligation;
3)Determine the transaction price;
4)Allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation if multiple obligations exist; and
5)Recognize the revenue as the performance obligations are satisfied.
Performance Obligations
The Company identifies each distinct performance obligation to transfer goods (or bundle of goods) or services. The Company recognizes revenue when (or as) it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of the goods or services to the customer.
Merchandise sales—The Company recognizes sale of merchandise at clubs and gas stations at the point of sale when the customer takes possession of the goods and tenders payment. At point of sale, the performance obligation is satisfied because control of the merchandise transfers to the customer. Sales of merchandise at the Company’s clubs and gas stations, excluding sales taxes, represent approximately 97% of the Company’s net sales and approximately 95% of the Company’s total revenues. Sales taxes are recorded as a liability at the point of sale. Revenue is recorded at the point of sale based on the transaction price on the merchandise tag, net of any applicable discounts, sales taxes and expected refunds. For e-commerce sales, the Company recognizes sales when control of the merchandise is transferred to the customer, which is typically at the shipping point.

61



BJ's Perks Rewards— The Company’s BJ’s Perks Rewards members earn 2% cash back, up to a maximum of $500 per year, on all qualified purchases made at BJ’s. The Company’s My BJ’s Perks® Mastercard® credit card holders earn 3% or 5% cash back on all qualified purchases made at BJ’s and 1% or 2% cash back on purchases made with the card outside of BJ’s. Cash back is in the form of electronic awards issued in $20 increments that may be used at checkout at BJ's and expire six months from the date issued. The Company accounts for the awards as a reduction of net sales, with the related liability classified within other current liabilities. This liability was $25.8 million at February 2, 2019 and $22.7 million at February 3, 2018.
Earned awards may be redeemed on future purchases made at the Company. The Company recognizes revenue for earned awards when customers redeem such awards as part of a purchase at one of the Company’s clubs or the Company’s website. The Company accounts for these transactions as multiple element arrangements and allocates the transaction price to separate performance obligations using their relative fair values. The Company includes the fair value of award dollars earned in deferred revenue at the time the award dollars are earned.
Royalty revenue received in connection with the co-brand credit card program is variable consideration and is considered constrained until the card holder makes a purchase. The Company's total deferred royalty revenue related to the My BJ's Perks credit card program was $13.4 million at February 2, 2019. The timing of revenue recognition of this deferred balance is driven by actual customer activities, such as redemptions and expirations. The Company expects to recognize $11.5 million of the deferred revenue at February 2, 2019 in fiscal year 2019, and the remainder will be recognized in the years thereafter.
Membership—The Company charges a membership fee to its customers. That fee allows customers to shop in the Company’s clubs, shop on the Company’s website and purchase gas at the Company’s gas stations for the duration of the membership, which is generally 12 months. Because the Company has the obligation to provide access to its clubs, website and gas stations for the duration of the membership term, the Company recognizes membership fees on a straight-line basis over the life of the membership. The Company’s deferred revenue related to membership fees was $134.4 million and $125.6 million at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, respectively.
Gift Card Programs—The Company sells BJ’s gift cards that allow the customer to redeem the card for future purchases equal to the amount of the original purchase price of the gift card. Revenue from gift card sales is recognized upon redemption of the gift card because the Company’s performance obligation to redeem the gift card for merchandise is satisfied when the gift card is redeemed. Historically, the Company has recognized breakage under the remote model, which recognizes breakage income when the likelihood of the customer exercising its remaining rights becomes remote. Under the new guidance, the Company recognizes breakage in proportion to its rate of gift card redemptions. This change in breakage recognition model resulted in a $1.8 million increase to accumulated deficit upon adoption and had an immaterial impact on the Company’s results of operations for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019. Deferred revenue related to gift cards was $8.8 million immediately after the adoption and $9.1 million at February 2, 2019. The Company recognized approximately $50.0 million of revenue from gift card redemptions in the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019.
Warranty Programs
The Company passes on any manufacturers’ warranties to the members. In addition, BJ’s includes an extended warranty on tires sold at the clubs, under which BJ’s customers receive tire repair services or tire replacement in certain circumstances. This warranty is included in the sale price of the tire and it cannot be declined by the customers. The Company is fully liable for claims under the tire warranty program. As the primary obligor in these arrangements, associated revenue is recognized on the date of sale and an estimated warranty obligation is accrued based on claims experience. The liability for future claims under this program is not material to the financial statements.
Extended warranties are also offered on certain types of products such as appliances, electronics and jewelry. These warranties are provided by a third party at fixed prices to BJ’s. No liability is retained to satisfy warranty claims under these arrangements. The Company is not the primary obligor under these warranties, and as such net revenue is recorded on these arrangements at the time of sale. Revenue from warranty sales is included in net sales on the income statement.
Determine the Transaction Price
The transaction price is the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive under the arrangement. The Company is required to estimate variable consideration (if any) and to factor that estimate into the determination of the transaction price. The Company may offer sales incentives to customers, including discounts. For retail transactions, the Company has significant experience with return patterns and relies on this experience to estimate expected returns when determining the transaction price.

62



Returns and RefundsThe Company’s products are generally sold with a right of return and may provide other credits or incentives, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. The Company records an allowance for returns based on current period revenues and historical returns experience. The Company analyzes actual historical returns, current economic trends and changes in sales volume and acceptance of the Company’s products when evaluating the adequacy of the sales returns allowance in any accounting period.
The sales returns reserve, which reduces sales and cost of sales for the estimated impact of returns, was $6.8 million in 2018, $1.5 million in 2017 and $2.0 million in 2016.
Customer DiscountsDiscounts given to customers are usually in the form of coupons and instant markdowns and are recognized as redeemed and recorded in contra revenue accounts, as they are part of the transaction price of the merchandise sale. Manufacturer coupons that are available for redemption at all retailers are not reduced from the sale price of merchandise.
Agent Relationships
Ancillary Business Revenue—The Company enters into certain agreements with service providers that offer goods and services to the Company’s members. These service providers sell goods and services including home improvement services, vision care and cell phones to the Company’s customers. In exchange, the Company receives payments in the form of commissions and other fees. The Company evaluates the relevant criteria to determine whether they serve as the principal or agent in these contracts with customers, in determining whether it is appropriate in these arrangements to record the gross amount of merchandise sales and related costs, or the net amount earned as commissions. When the Company is considered the principal in a transaction, revenue is recorded gross; otherwise, revenue is recorded on a net basis. The majority of the Company’s ancillary business revenue is recorded on a net basis. Commissions received from these service providers are considered variable consideration and are constrained until the third-party customer makes a purchase from one of the service providers.
Significant Judgments
Standalone Selling Prices—For arrangements that contain multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price basis.
Costs Incurred to Obtain a Contract—Incremental costs to obtain contracts are not material to the Company.
Policy Elections
In addition to those previously disclosed, the Company has made the following accounting policy elections and practical expedients:
Portfolio Approach—The Company uses the portfolio approach when multiple contracts or performance obligations are involved in the determination of revenue recognition.
Taxes—The Company excludes from the transaction price any taxes collected from customers that are remitted to taxing authorities.
Shipping and Handling Charges—Charges that are incurred before and after the customer obtains control of goods are deemed to be fulfillment costs.
Time Value of Money—The Company’s payment terms are less than one year from the transfer of goods. Therefore, the Company does not adjust promised amounts of consideration for the effects of the time value of money.
Disclosure of Remaining Performance Obligations—The Company does not disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations for contracts that are one year or less in term. Additionally, the Company does not disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations when the transaction price is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied performance obligation or to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a good or service that forms part of a series of distinct goods or services.
Cost of Sales
The Company’s cost of sales includes the direct costs of sold merchandise, which includes customs, taxes, duties and inbound shipping costs, inventory shrinkage and adjustments and reserves for excess, aged and obsolete inventory. Cost of goods sold also includes certain distribution center costs and allocations of certain indirect costs, such as occupancy, depreciation, amortization, labor and benefits.

63



Presentation of Sales Tax Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities
In the ordinary course of business, sales tax is collected on items purchased by the members that are taxable in the jurisdictions when the purchases take place. These taxes are then remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. These taxes collected are excluded from revenues in the financial statements.
Vendor Rebates and Allowances
The Company receives various types of cash consideration from vendors, principally in the form of rebates, based on purchasing or selling certain volumes of product, time-based rebates or allowances, which may include product placement allowances or exclusivity arrangements covering a predetermined period of time, price protection rebates and allowances for retail price reductions on certain merchandise and salvage allowances for product that is damaged, defective or becomes out-of-date.
Such vendor rebates and allowances are recognized based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to the underlying transaction that results in progress by BJ’s toward earning the rebates and allowances, provided the amounts to be earned are probable and reasonably estimable. Otherwise, rebates and allowances are recognized only when predetermined milestones are met. The Company recognizes product placement allowances as a reduction of cost of sales in the period in which the product placement is completed. Time-based rebates or allowances are recognized as a reduction of cost of sales over the performance period on a straight-line basis. All other vendor rebates and allowances are recognized as a reduction of cost of sales when the merchandise is sold or otherwise disposed.
Cash consideration is also received for advertising products in publications sent to BJ’s members. Such cash consideration is recognized as a reduction of SG&A to the extent it represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental and identifiable SG&A costs incurred by BJ’s to sell the vendors’ products. If the cash consideration exceeds the costs being reimbursed, the excess is characterized as a reduction of cost of sales. Cash consideration for advertising vendors’ products is recognized in the period in which the advertising takes place.
Manufacturers’ Incentives Tendered by Consumers
Consideration from manufacturers’ incentives (such as rebates or coupons) is recorded gross in net sales when the incentive is generic and can be tendered by a consumer at any reseller and the Company receives direct reimbursement from the manufacturer, or clearinghouse authorized by the manufacturer, based on the face value of the incentive. If these conditions are not met, such consideration is recorded as a decrease in cost of sales.
Leases
The majority of leases are accounted for as operating leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases. Assets subject to an operating lease and the related lease payments are not recorded on the balance sheet. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term. The lease term begins on the date the Company becomes legally obligated for the rent payments or takes possession of the property, whichever is earlier. The lease term includes cancelable option periods where failure to exercise such options would result in economic penalty.
Sometimes, the Company is involved in the construction of leased clubs. In these situations, the Company evaluates whether it is deemed the owner of the club for accounting purposes. If deemed the owner of the construction project, the Company capitalizes the construction costs of the club on the balance sheet and records financing obligations equal to the cash proceeds or fair value of the assets received from the landlord. Upon the completion of the project, a sale-leaseback analysis is performed pursuant to current leasing guidance to determine if the assets and related financing obligations can be removed from the balance sheet. Assuming the assets and liabilities are removed from the balance sheet, leases are classified as either operating or capital. In some of the leases, the Company is reimbursed only a portion of the construction cost or the lease has terms that fix the rental payments for a significant percentage of the leased asset’s economic life. These items generally are considered continuing involvement which precludes removing the assets and related financing obligation from the balance sheet when construction is complete. Rent expense is not reported for any properties which are considered owned for accounting purposes. Rental payments under these leases are allocated as a reduction of the financing obligation and interest expense.
Assets recorded under capital lease and financing obligations are included in land and buildings on the balance sheet and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. As of February 2, 2019, and February 3, 2018, the gross amount of assets recorded under capital lease and financing obligations was $41.6 million and $49.4 million, respectively. Related accumulated depreciation for these assets as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 was $12.6 million and $12.2 million, respectively.

64



Preopening Costs
Preopening costs consist of direct incremental costs of opening or relocating a facility and are expensed as incurred.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs generally consist of efforts to acquire new members and typically include media advertising (some of which is vendor-funded). BJ’s expenses advertising as incurred as a component of SG&A. Advertising expenses were approximately 0.7%, 0.6% and 0.5% of net sales in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
The fair value of service-based employee awards is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. The fair value of the performance-based awards is recognized as compensation expense ratably over the service period of each performance tranche. The fair value of the stock-based awards is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of options at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating the expected term that stock options will be outstanding prior to exercise and the associated volatility.
Prior to the consummation of the IPO on June 28, 2018, the estimated fair value of the Company's stock was determined by its board of directors, with input from management and considering third-party valuations of common stock. Subsequent to the IPO date, the Company's common stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") and its value was determined by the market price on the NYSE. See our Stock Incentive Plans footnote for additional description of the accounting for stock-based awards.
Earnings Per Share
Basic net income per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, including contingently redeemable common stock recorded outside of stockholders’ equity. Basic income from continuing operations per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing income from continuing operations available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, including contingently redeemable common stock recorded outside of stockholders’ equity. Basic loss from discontinuing operations per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing loss from discontinuing operations available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, including contingently redeemable common stock recorded outside of stockholders’ equity.
Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted income from continuing operations per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing income from continuing operations available to common stockholders by the diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted loss from discontinuing operations per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing loss from discontinuing operations available to common stockholders by the diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying values and their respective tax bases, using enacted tax rates expected to be applicable in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes. The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Potential for recovery of deferred tax assets is evaluated by estimating the future taxable profits expected, scheduling of anticipated reversals of taxable temporary differences, and considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

65



The Company records liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is recognition, where an individual tax position is evaluated as to whether it has a likelihood of greater than 50% of being sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are currently estimated to have less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained, no tax benefit is recorded. For tax positions that have met the recognition threshold in the first step, the Company performs the second step of measuring the benefit to be recorded. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized on ultimate settlement. The actual benefits ultimately realized may differ from the estimates. In future periods, changes in facts, circumstances and new information may require the Company to change the recognition and measurement estimates with regard to individual tax positions. Changes in recognition and measurement estimates are recorded in income tax expense and liability in the period in which such changes occur.
Any interest or penalties incurred related to unrecognized tax benefits are recorded as a component of the provision for income tax expense.
Derivative Financial Instruments
All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet and measurement of these instruments is at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Any portion of the change in fair value that is determined to be ineffective is immediately recognized in earnings as SG&A. Derivative gains or losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings at the time the hedged transaction occurs as a component of SG&A.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value in accordance with GAAP. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
The Company uses a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:
Level 1, quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2, observable inputs other than quoted market prices included in Level 1 such as quoted market prices for markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3, unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income is a measure of net income and all other changes in equity that result from transactions other than with equity holders, and would normally be recorded in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income consists of unrealized gains and losses from derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, and postretirement medical plan adjustments.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09)
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC No. 606”), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP as of its effective date.

66



The Company adopted the new guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2018 using the modified retrospective adoption method and recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying the new guidance as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit. The new guidance was only applied to contracts not completed as of the initial date of application. Additionally, any contract that was modified prior to the adoption date has been reflected in the cumulative adjustment giving effect to the aggregate effect of all contract modifications prior to the initial application date. The impact of employing this practical expedient for contract modifications is immaterial. The comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods. The cumulative effect of the changes made to the Company’s February 3, 2018 balance sheet for the adoption of the standard update was as follows (in thousands):

 
 
Balance
as of
February 3,
2018
 
Adjustment
for new
Standard
 
Balance
as of
February 4,
2018
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
$
81,972

 
$
7,820

 
$
89,792

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
 
495,767

 
16,645

 
512,412

Deferred income taxes
 
57,074

 
(2,463
)
 
54,611

Accumulated deficit
 
(1,036,012
)
 
(6,362
)
 
(1,042,374
)
 
The impact of the adoption of the ASU on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019, resulted in a decrease to cost of sales and net sales of $5.7 million and $6.8 million, respectively, due to recording the allowance for returns reserve on a gross basis. The remaining impact of the adoption of the ASU on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 was immaterial.

The impact of the adoption of the ASU on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of February 2, 2019 was as follows (in thousands): 
 
 
As
Reported
 
Balance
without
adoption
 
Effect of
change
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
$
63,454

 
$
57,785

 
$
5,669

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
 
504,834

 
489,492

 
15,342

Deferred income taxes
 
36,937

 
39,636

 
(2,699
)
Accumulated deficit
 
(915,113
)
 
(908,139
)
 
(6,974
)

Derivatives and Hedging (ASU 2017-12)
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12 Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). The update allows hedge accounting for new types of interest rate hedges of financial instruments and simplifies the documentation requirements to qualify for hedge accounting. In addition, any gain or loss from hedge ineffectiveness will be reported in the same income statement line with the effective hedge results and the hedged transaction. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance at the beginning of its fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 and the effect of the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Employee Share-Based Payments (ASU 2016-09)
In March 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that aims to simplify accounting for stock-based compensation. The changes include accounting for income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, an option to recognize gross share compensation expense with actual forfeitures recognized as they occur, as well as certain classifications on the statement of cash flows. The Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur rather than apply an estimated forfeiture rate to stock-based compensation expense. The Company adopted this standard update in 2017 and applied the changes prospectively. The effect of the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

67



Inventory Measurement (ASU 2015-11)
In July 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that aims to simplify the measurement of inventory. The changes include measuring inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The Company adopted this standard on a prospective basis in 2017 and prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted. The effect of the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Reclassifications of Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (ASU 2018-02)
In February 2018, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that allows the reclassification of stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings. The Company adopted this standard update in 2017 and applied the changes prospectively for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2018 and reclassified $432 thousand from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings as of February 3, 2018.
Modifications to Share-based Compensation Awards (ASU 2017-09)
At the beginning of fiscal year 2018, the Company adopted ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation Topic 718-Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”). ASU 2017-09 clarifies when changes to the terms and conditions of share-based payment awards must be accounted for as modifications. Entities apply the modification accounting guidance if the value, vesting conditions, or classification of an award changes. The Company has not modified any share-based payment awards. Should the Company modify share-based payment awards in the future, it will apply the provisions of ASU 2017-09.
Definition of a Business (ASU 2017-01)
At the beginning of fiscal year 2018, the Company adopted ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). ASU 2017-01 assists entities in determining if acquired assets constitute the acquisition of a business or the acquisition of assets for accounting and reporting purposes. This distinction is important because goodwill can only be recognized in an acquisition of a business. Prior to ASU 2017-01, if revenues were generated immediately before and after a transaction, the acquisition was typically considered a business. Under ASU 2017-01, entities are required to further assess the substance of the processes they acquire. Should the Company commence or complete an acquisition in future periods, it will apply the provisions of ASU 2017-01.
Classification of Costs Related to Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans (ASU 2017-07)
At the beginning of fiscal year 2018, the Company adopted ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715: Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Post-Retirement Benefit Cost (“ASU 2017-07”). ASU 2017-07 changes how employers that sponsor defined benefit pension and/or other post-retirement benefit plans present the net periodic benefit costs in the statement of operations. Under this new guidance, an employer’s statement of operations presents service cost arising in the current period in the same statement line item as other employee compensation. However, all other components of current period costs related to defined benefit plans, such as prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses, are presented on the statement of operations on a line item outside (or below) operating income. ASU 2017-07 affects only the classification of certain costs on the statement of operations, not the determination of costs. Net periodic pension costs related to the Company’s frozen defined benefit pension plan and post-retirement medical benefit plan were not material for fiscal year 2018 or prior periods. The retrospective impact of this standard on our historical financial statements is not material, and future filings will not be restated.
Statement of Cash Flows (ASU 2016-15)
At the beginning of fiscal year 2018, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 represents a consensus of the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force on eight separate issues that, if present, can impact classifications on the statement of cash flows. The guidance requires application using a retrospective transition method. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 only impacted the classification of certain insurance proceeds on the Company consolidated statement of cash flows for the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. The Company’s insurance proceeds were not material for fiscal year 2018 or fiscal year 2017. The retrospective impact of this standard on our historical financial statements is not material and future filings will not be restated.

68



Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Leases (ASU 2016-02)
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) which will require recognition on the balance sheet for the rights and obligations created by leases with terms greater than twelve months. The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company plans to adopt this guidance at the beginning of its first quarter of fiscal 2019 and plans to utilize the transition option which does not require application of the guidance to comparative periods in the year of adoption. Upon adoption of the standard, the Company will be required to record substantially all leases on the balance sheet as a right-of-use ("ROU") asset and a lease liability. The Company expects to utilize the related package of practical expedients permitted by the transition guidance in ASU 2016-02, which allows the Company to carry forward its identification of contracts that are or contain leases, its historical lease classification and its initial direct costs for existing leases. The Company expects to recognize lease liabilities for its operating leases totaling between $1.9 billion and $2.1 billion upon adoption. The initial ROU assets recognized will be equal to the initial operating lease liabilities, adjusted for the balance on adoption date of prepaid and accrued rent, lease incentives and unamortized initial direct costs. The Company currently expects to recognize ROU assets in the same range as its lease liabilities for its operating leases. The Company does not expect adoption of the standard to have a material impact on the Company’s historical capital leases, which will be presented as finance leases under ASU 2016-02. Additionally, the Company does not believe adoption of this standard will have a material effect on the Company's consolidated results of operations or cash flows.
Non-Employee Share-Based Compensation (ASU 2018-07)
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07 Improvements to Non-employee Share-Based Payment Accounting which updates the guidance to Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The updated guidance aligns the measurement and classification guidance for share-based payments to non-employees with the guidance for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not anticipate the updated guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Fair Value Measurement (ASU 2018-13)
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13 Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement which updates the guidance to Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820). The updated guidance modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying or adding certain disclosures. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2019 including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The amendments on changes in unrealized gains and losses, the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements, and the narrative description of measurement uncertainty should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in the initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon their effective date. The Company does not anticipate the updated guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Goodwill Impairment (ASU 2017-04)
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04. ASU 2017-04 provides amendments to ASC 350, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other", which eliminate Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Entities should perform their goodwill impairment tests by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. The amendments in this update are effective prospectively during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe adoption of this standard will have a material effect on the Company's consolidated results of operations or cash flows.
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (ASU 2018-15)
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40). The update related to accounting for implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract. The update allows entities who are customers in hosting arrangements that are service contracts to apply the existing internal-use software guidance to determine which implementation costs to capitalize as an asset related to the service contract and which costs to expense. The update specifies classification for capitalizing implementation costs and related amortization expense within the financial statements and requires additional disclosures. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal reporting periods, including interim reporting within those periods, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted and can be applied either retrospectively or prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the transition methods and the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

69



3.
Related Party Transactions
Management Agreement
The Company had a management services agreement with the Sponsors for ongoing consulting and advisory services that terminated upon consummation of the Company's IPO. The management services agreement provided for the aggregate payment of management fees to the Sponsors (or advisory affiliates thereof) of $8.0 million per year, plus out of pocket expenses. The Company expensed $3.3 million, $8.0 million and $8.1 million of management fees and out of pocket expenses in 2018, 2017 and 2016 respectively. Management fees and expenses are reported in SG&A in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.
Other Relationships
One of the Company’s suppliers, Advantage Solutions Inc., is controlled by affiliates of the Sponsors. Advantage Solutions Inc. is principally a provider of in-club product demonstration and sampling services, and the Company also engages them from time to time to provide ancillary support services, including for example, seasonal gift wrapping, on-floor sales assistance and display maintenance. In fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 the Company incurred costs of approximately $43.9 million, $44.8 million and $41.0 million, respectively. The demonstration and sampling service fees are fully funded by merchandise vendors who participate in the program.
The Company believes the terms obtained or consideration paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions were comparable to terms available or amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arms’-length transactions with unrelated parties.

4. Dividend Recapitalization
On February 3, 2017, the Company distributed a $735.5 million dividend to its common stockholders. In conjunction with the dividend, the Company paid $67.5 million to stock option holders of the Company as required under the Fourth Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Option Plan of BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. (as further amended) (“2011 Plan”), and the 2012 Director Stock Option Plan of BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. (as further amended) (“2012 Director Plan”). The payments to option holders were recorded as compensation expense in SG&A in fiscal year 2017. The Company also paid $5.4 million to employees under retention bonus arrangements, of which $4.6 million was accrued in 2016 and the remaining $0.8 million was recognized as compensation expense in fiscal year 2017. In order to fund these payments, the Company executed the following transactions immediately prior to the payment of the dividend:
Refinanced and upsized the senior secured first lien term loan facility (the "First Lien Term Loan") to $1,925.0 million, subject to an original issue discount (“OID”) of $4.8 million.
Refinanced and upsized the existing senior secured second lien term loan facility (the "Second Lien Term Loan") to $625.0 million, subject to an OID of $6.2 million.
Amended and restated the senior secured asset based revolving credit and term facility (the "ABL Facility") and borrowed $340.0 million.
The Company paid accrued outstanding interest of $11.0 million and capitalized debt issuance costs of $24.6 million in conjunction with the refinancing. The Company recorded a loss on the debt refinancing of $21.1 million in fiscal year 2017 of which $9.8 million represents the write-off of previously capitalized deferred debt issuance costs.

70



5.
Debt and Credit Arrangements
Debt consisted of the following at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 (in thousands):
 
February 2, 2019
 
February 3, 2018
ABL Facility
$
289,000

 
$
217,000

First Lien Term Loan
1,530,045

 
1,910,563

Second Lien Term Loan

 
625,000

Unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs
(18,197
)
 
(40,153
)
Less: current portion
(254,377
)
 
(219,750
)
Long-term debt
$
1,546,471

 
$
2,492,660

ABL Facility
On February 3, 2017, the Company amended the ABL Facility to extend the maturity date to February 3, 2022. The Company wrote-off $2.2 million of previously capitalized debt issuance costs, expensed $0.2 million of new third-party fees and capitalized $7.9 million of new debt issuance costs.
On August 17, 2018, the Company amended its ABL Facility to extend the maturity date from February 3, 2022 to August 17, 2023 and reduce the applicable interest rates and letter of credit fees on the facility. Total fees associated with the refinancing were approximately $1.0 million. The Company capitalized approximately $0.9 million of new debt issuance costs and had immaterial write-offs of previously capitalized debt issuance costs and third-party fees.
The ABL Facility is comprised of a $950.0 million revolving credit facility and a $50.0 million term loan. The ABL Facility is secured on a senior basis by certain “liquid assets” of the Company and secured on a junior basis by certain “fixed assets” of the Company. The $50.0 million term loan payment terms are restricted in that the term loan cannot be repaid unless all loans outstanding under the ABL Facility are repaid, and once repaid, cannot be re-borrowed. The availability under the $950.0 million revolving credit facility is restricted based on eligible monthly merchandise inventories and receivables as defined in the facility agreement. As amended, interest on the revolving credit facility is calculated either at LIBOR plus a range of 125 to 175 basis points or a base rate plus a range of 25 to 75 basis points; and interest on the term loan is calculated at LIBOR plus a range of 200 to 250 basis points or a base rate plus a range of 100 to 150 basis points, in all cases based on excess availability. The applicable spread of LIBOR and base rate loans at all levels of excess availability steps down by 12.5 basis points upon achieving total net leverage of 3.00 to 1.00. The ABL Facility also provides a sub-facility for issuance of letters of credit subject to certain fees defined in the ABL Facility agreement. The ABL Facility is subject to various commitment fees during the term of the facility based on utilization of the revolver.
At February 2, 2019, there was $289.0 million outstanding in borrowings under the ABL Facility and $41.2 million in outstanding letters of credit. As of February 2, 2019, the interest rate on the revolving credit facility was 3.76% and borrowing availability was $545.6 million.
At February 3, 2018, there was $217.0 million outstanding in loans under the ABL Facility and $44.2 million in outstanding letters of credit. As of February 3, 2018, the interest rate on the revolving credit facility was 3.08% and borrowing availability was $574.8 million.
First Lien Term Loan
On February 3, 2017, the Company refinanced its First Lien Term Loan to extend the maturity date to February 3, 2024, increase the First Lien Term Loan borrowings to $1,925.0 million subject to a $4.8 million original issue discount and change the interest rate. Interest on the First Lien Term Loan was calculated either at LIBOR plus a range of 350 to 375 basis points where LIBOR is subject to a floor of zero or an alternative base rate calculation based on the higher of prime, the federal funds effective rate plus 50 basis points or one-month LIBOR plus 100 basis points, plus a range of 250 to 275 basis points.

71



On August 13, 2018, the Company amended its First Lien Term Loan to reduce the applicable interest rates and reduce the principal on the loan. The Company drew $350 million under its ABL Facility to fund the transaction. As amended, the First Lien Term Loan has an initial principal amount of $1,537.7 million and interest is calculated either at LIBOR plus 275 to 300 basis points or a base rate plus 175 to 200 basis points based on the Company achieving a net leverage ratio of 3.00 to 1.00. Total fees associated with the refinancing were approximately $1.8 million. The Company wrote-off $4.4 million of previously capitalized debt issuance costs and OID and expensed $1.8 million of new third-party fees.
At February 2, 2019, the interest rate for the First Lien Term Loan was 5.51%. At February 3, 2018, the interest rate for the First Lien Term Loan was 4.95%.
Principal payments on the First Lien Term Loan are required in quarterly installments of 0.25% of the original principal amount with the balance due upon maturity on February 3, 2024. Voluntary prepayments are permitted subject to premium payments. Principal payments must be made on the First Lien Term Loan pursuant to an annual excess cash flow calculation. The First Lien Term Loan is subject to certain affirmative and negative covenants but no financial covenants. It is secured on a senior basis by certain “fixed assets” of the Company and on a junior basis by certain of “liquid” assets of the Company.
At February 2, 2019, there was $1,530.0 million outstanding on the First Lien Term Loan. At February 3, 2018, there was $1,910.6 million outstanding on the First Lien Term Loan.
Second Lien Term Loan
On February 3, 2017, the Company refinanced the previously existing Second Lien Term Loan to extend the maturity date to February 3, 2025 and increase the Second Lien Term Loan borrowings to $625.0 million subject to a $6.2 million original issue discount. Interest was calculated either at LIBOR plus 750 basis points where LIBOR is subject to a floor of zero or an alternative base rate calculation based on the higher of the prime, the federal funds effective rate plus 50 basis points or one-month LIBOR plus 100 basis points, plus 650 basis points. The Second Lien Term Loan had a maturity date of February 3, 2025 with the entire principal balance due on such maturity date. Voluntary prepayments were permitted. Principal payments had to be made on the Second Lien Term Loan pursuant to an annual excess cash flow calculation. The Second Lien Term Loan was subject to certain affirmative and negative covenants but no financial covenants.
On July 2, 2018, the Company paid off the Second Lien Term Loan by extinguishing the entire outstanding amount of $623.2 million. In connection with the debt extinguishment, the Company paid a $6.2 million prepayment premium. The Company recorded debt extinguishment charges of $19.2 million in conjunction with the paydown, of which $13.0 million represents write-off of previously capitalized deferred debt issuance costs associated with the Second Lien Term Loan.
There was a balance of $625.0 million outstanding on the Second Lien Term Loan as of February 3, 2018. The interest rate for the Second Lien Term Loan was 8.95% as of February 3, 2018.
Future minimum payments
Scheduled future minimum principal payments on debt as of February 2, 2019 are as follows:
Fiscal Year:
Dollars in
thousands
2019
$
254,377

2020
15,377

2021
15,377

2022
15,377

2023
1,518,537

Thereafter

Total
$
1,819,045


72



6.
Interest Expense, net
The following details the components of interest expense for the periods presented (in thousands):
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
 
Fiscal Year Ended
January 28, 2017
Interest on debt
$
128,643

 
$
163,210

 
$
122,193

Interest on capital lease and financing obligations
4,119

 
4,205

 
4,244

Debt issuance costs amortization
3,322

 
4,060

 
7,693

Original issue discount amortization
3,233

 
4,403

 
9,398

Charges related to debt refinancing
25,405

 
21,061

 

Capitalized interest
(187
)
 
(215
)
 
(68
)
Unrealized loss on interest rate caps

 

 
73

Other interest income

 

 
(182
)
Interest expense, net
$
164,535

 
$
196,724

 
$
143,351

7.
Intangible Assets and Liabilities
Intangible assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
 
February 2, 2019
 
Gross Carrying
Amount
 
 
Accumulated
Amortization
  
 
Net Amount  
Goodwill
$
924,134

 
$

 
$
924,134

 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
BJ’s trade name
$
90,500

 
$

 
$
90,500

 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization:


 


 
 
Member relationships
245,000

 
(178,330
)
 
66,670

Private label brands
8,500

 
(5,194
)
 
3,306

Below market leases
120,182

 
(79,788
)
 
40,394

Total intangible assets
$
464,182

 
$
(263,312
)
 
$
200,870

 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible Liabilities Subject to Amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
Above market leases
$
(30,515
)
 
$
16,872

 
$
(13,643
)
 
February 3, 2018
Gross Carrying
Amount
  
 
Accumulated
Amortization
  
 
Net Amount  
Goodwill
$
924,134

 
$

 
$
924,134

 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
BJ’s trade name
$
90,500

 
$

 
$
90,500

 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
Member relationships
245,000

 
(163,668
)
 
81,332

Private label brands
8,500

 
(4,486
)
 
4,014

Below market leases
120,182

 
(71,152
)
 
49,030

Total intangible assets
$
464,182

 
$
(239,306
)
 
$
224,876

 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible Liabilities Subject to Amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
Above market leases
$
(30,515
)
 
$
14,709

 
$
(15,806
)

73



The Company records amortization expenses of intangible assets as a component of SG&A expenses. Member relationships are amortized over a period of 15.3 years, Private label brands are amortized over 12 years and below and above market leases are amortized over the estimated benefit of the intangible asset that was created.
The Company recorded amortization expense of $21.8 million, $26.0 million and $28.8 million as a component of SG&A for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017, respectively. The Company estimates that amortization expense related to intangible assets and liabilities will be as follows in each of the next five fiscal years (in thousands):
 
Below Market Leases
 
Above Market Leases
 
Other Intangibles
 
Total 
2019
$
7,633

 
$
(2,077
)
 
$
13,491

 
$
19,047

2020
7,117

 
(1,846
)
 
11,862

 
17,133

2021
6,153

 
(1,581
)
 
10,483

 
15,055

2022
4,507

 
(1,526
)
 
9,230

 
12,211

2023
3,743

 
(1,374
)
 
7,866

 
10,235

8.
Commitment and Contingencies
Leases
The Company is obligated under long-term leases for the rental of real estate. In addition, generally the Company is required to pay insurance, real estate taxes and other operating expenses and, in some cases, additional rentals based on a percentage of sales in excess of certain thresholds, or other factors. Many of the leases require escalating payments during the lease term. Rent expense for such leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The initial primary term of the real estate club leases ranges from 5 to 25 years, with most of these leases having an initial term of 20 years. The initial primary term of the ground leases ranges from 14 to 44 years, and averages approximately 21 years. As of February 2, 2019, the Company has options to renew all but three of its leases for periods that range from 5 to 65 years, and average approximately 21 years.
Future minimum lease payments of operating leases as of February 2, 2019 were as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year
Future minimum payments
2019
$
309,785

2020
310,956

2021
299,410

2022
282,841

2023
264,363

Thereafter
1,778,207

Total
$
3,245,562

The payments above do not include future payments due under the lease for a BJ's club location that closed in January 2011. Rent liabilities for the closed location is included in current and noncurrent closed store obligations on the consolidated balance sheets.
Rental expense under real estate operating leases (including contingent rentals, which were not material) was $308.2 million in 2018, $301.9 million in 2017 and $298.1 million in 2016. These amounts do not include rental expense on equipment and equipment space of $0.8 million for 2018 and $0.7 million for both 2017 and 2016.

74



Future minimum lease payments of capital leases and financing obligations for arrangements that did not qualify for sale-lease back accounting as of February 2, 2019 are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year
Future minimum
payments
2018
$
4,510

2019
4,807

2020
4,833

2021
4,894

2022
4,956

Thereafter
34,377

Total Minimum payments
58,377

Less: amount representing interest
(37,855
)
Total
$
20,522

These capital lease and financing obligations are primarily included in other noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.
Legal Contingencies
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings that are typical of a retail business. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, an accrual will be established for legal proceedings if and when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. The Company does not believe the resolution of any current proceedings will result in a material loss to the consolidated financial statements.
9.
Discontinued Operations
The following tables summarize the activity for the periods ended February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 associated with discontinued operations, which consist of closing two BJ’s clubs in January 2011 (in thousands):
 
Discontinued Operations 2018
 
Liabilities
February 3, 2018
 
Charges 
 
Payments/
Increase
 
Liabilities
February 2, 2019
 
Cumulative
Charges to
Date, Net
  
BJ’s clubs
$
8,683

 
$
(235
)
 
$
(5,259
)
 
$
3,189

 
$
59,364

Current portion
$
2,122

 
 
 
 
 
$
739

 
 
Long-term portion
6,561

 
 
 
 
 
2,450

 
 
Total
$
8,683

 
 
 
 
 
$
3,189

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discontinued Operations 2017
 
Liabilities
January 28, 2017
 
Charges 
 
Payments/
Increase
 
Liabilities
February 3, 2018
 
Cumulative
Charges to
Date, Net
  
BJ’s clubs
$
8,271

 
$
2,766

 
$
(2,354
)
 
$
8,683

 
$
59,599

Current portion
$
2,013

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,122

 
 
Long-term portion
6,258

 
 
 
 
 
6,561

 
 
Total
$
8,271

 
 
 
 
 
$
8,683

 
 

75



On June 12, 2014, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for one of the closed clubs that paid a portion of BJ’s lease obligation through the end of the lease term. The rental income received from that sublease is included in the payments referenced in the tables above. During the second half of 2017, the Company experienced a lapse in the sublease rental income which resulted in eviction of the tenant. In January 2018, the Company entered into a new sublease agreement for the same property which will continue to pay a portion of the BJ’s lease obligation through the end of the lease term. The interruption of sublease income in the second half of 2017, and adjustment of future rental income from the new sublease agreement signed in January 2018, resulted in an additional charge of $0.7 million to the reserve. In addition, the Company lowered the estimated sublease income at the other existing closed location which resulted in an additional charge of $1.4 million to the reserve.
On December 12, 2018, the Company entered into a termination agreement with the landlord at its Austell, Georgia location, whereby the landlord agreed to terminate the lease associated with this location. The Company incurred total termination fees of $3.1 million, including brokerage fees.
The charges for BJ’s lease obligations are based on the present value of rent liabilities under the relevant leases, including estimated real estate taxes and common area maintenance charges, reduced by estimated income from the potential subleasing of these properties. Charges in both periods represent accretion expense on lease obligations . Charges for the period ended February 2, 2019, also includes income of $1.0 million for the reserve reversal associated with the lease termination for the Austell, Georgia location. The income tax benefit recorded related to loss from discontinued operations was $0.1 million, $1.1 million and $0.3 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The remaining lease obligation is expected to be paid over the next four years. The liabilities for the closed club leases are included in current and non-current closed store obligations on the consolidated balance sheet.
10.
Contingently Redeemable Common Stock
The Company and certain current and former management employees were parties to the Management Stockholders Agreement (the “MSA”). Grants of equity by the Company to employees were governed by the terms of individual equity award agreements and the MSA. The MSA specified certain transfer restrictions, tag-along and drag-along rights, put and call rights and various other rights and restrictions applicable to any equity held by employees. The call right permitted the Company to repurchase common stock held by an employee stockholder following a minimum holding period and prior to the expiration of a specified time period following the later of the employee’s termination of employment with the Company or acquisition of the common stock. If the employee’s employment was terminated for cause, the repurchase price was the least of (a) the fair market value as of the repurchase date, (b) the fair market value at issuance or (c) the price paid by the employee stockholder for such shares. If the employee’s employment was terminated other than for cause, the repurchase price was the fair market value as of the repurchase date.
The MSA also gave employees the ability to put any shares back to the Company at fair market value upon death or disability while actively employed. As neither death nor disability while actively employed is a certainty, the shares of common stock held by the employee stockholders were considered to be contingently redeemable common stock and were accounted for outside of stockholders’ equity until the shares of common stock were either repurchased by the Company or the put right terminated. Both the Company’s repurchase right and the employee stockholder’s put right terminated upon the consummation the IPO. The contingently redeemable common stock was recorded at fair value of the common stock at the date of issuance. Because meeting the contingency is not probable, the contingently redeemable common stock was not remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. When the Company executed its IPO in 2018, all remaining grants under the MSA were reclassified to common stock. As of February 2, 2019 there is no contingently redeemable common stock recorded on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company recorded $10.4 million of contingently redeemable common stock on its consolidated balance sheet related to these agreements as of February 3, 2018.
Prior to the IPO, when the Company exercised its call option to repurchase shares classified outside of stockholders’ equity, it was deemed to be a constructive retirement of the contingently redeemable share for accounting purposes. The Company recorded the excess of the fair value paid to repurchase the share over the carrying value of the contingently redeemable share within additional paid-in capital, as the Company had an accumulated deficit.

76



11.
Stock Incentive Plans
On June 13, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted, and its stockholders approved, the 2018 Incentive Award Plan (the “2018 Plan”). The 2018 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, stock payments, restricted stock units, performance shares, other incentive awards, stock appreciation rights, and cash awards. Prior to the adoption of the 2018 Plan, the Company granted stock-based compensation to employees and non-employee directors under the 2011 Plan and the 2012 Director Plan, respectively. No further grants will be made under 2011 Plan or the 2012 Director Plan.
The 2018 Plan authorizes the issuance of 13,148,058 shares, including 985,369 shares that were reserved but not issued under the 2011 Plan and the 2012 Director Plan. If an award under the 2018 Plan, 2011 Plan or 2012 Director Plan is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash, any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2018 Plan. Additionally, shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price, or tax withholding obligations associated with an award under the 2018 Plan, the 2011 Plan or the 2012 Director Plan will be added to the shares authorized for grant under the 2018 Plan. The following shares may not be used again for grant under the 2018 Plan: (1) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the stock appreciation right on its exercise and (2) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options under the 2018 Plan, 2011 Plan or 2012 Director Plan. As of February 2, 2019, there were 8,572,846 shares available for future issuance under the 2018 Plan.
Stock option awards are generally granted with vesting periods of three years. All options have a contractual term of ten years. The Company recognized $57.7 million ($41.5 million post-tax), $9.1 million ($5.4 million post-tax) and $11.8 million ($7.1 million post-tax) of total stock-based compensation for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of February 2, 2019, there was approximately $24.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost, which is expected to be recognized over the next three years.
The fair value of the options was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions (no dividends were expected):
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
 
Fiscal Year Ended
January 28, 2017
Risk-free interest rate range
2.56% - 2.73%
 
1.40% - 1.40%
 
1.35% - 1.98%
Expected volatility factor
26.9%
 
35.0%
 
35.0%
Weighted-average expected option life (yrs.)
5.9
 
5.7
 
6.0
Weighted-average grant-date fair value
$5.16
 
$2.51
 
$4.40

The Company historically has been a private company and lacks certain company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Expected volatility was determined based on the historical and implied volatilities of comparable public companies. The risk-free interest rate was based on United States Treasury yields in effect at the time of the grant for notes with terms comparable to the awards. The expected option life represents an estimate of the period of time options are expected to remain outstanding based upon an average of the vesting and contractual terms of the options. Forfeitures are recorded as incurred.
Presented below is a summary of stock option activity and weighted-average exercise prices for fiscal year ended February 2, 2019:
(options in thousands)
Number of
securities
to be issued
upon
exercise of
outstanding
options
 
Weighted-
average
exercise
price
 
Weighted-average
remaining contractual
life (in years)
Outstanding, beginning of period
8,981

 
$
4.00

 

Granted
2,791

 
16.39

 

Forfeited
(409
)
 
6.88

 

Exercised
(5,111
)
 
3.09

 

Outstanding, end of period
6,252

 
10.09

 
7.7
Vested and expected to vest, end of period
6,252

 
10.09

 
7.7
Exercisable, end of period
3,480

 
$
5.31

 
6.4

77



The total intrinsic value of options exercised in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $88.2 million, $7.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The Company received a tax benefit related to these option exercises of approximately $24.8 million, $3.1 million and $0.5 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of February 2, 2019, the total intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest was $102.5 million.
Presented below is a summary of our non-vested restricted shares and restricted stock units and weighted-average grant-date fair values for the periods ended February 2, 2019:
 
 
Restricted Stock
 
Restricted Stock Units
 (shares in thousands)
 
Shares
Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
 
Shares
Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Unvested at beginning of year
 

$

 

$

Granted
 
2,960

22.04

 
16

27.59

Forfeited
 
(33
)
22.00

 


Vested
 
(1,954
)
22.00

 


Outstanding, February 2, 2019
 
973

$
22.14

 
16

$
27.59

2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On June 14, 2018, the Company’s board of directors adopted and its stockholders approved the 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which became effective the day prior to the first day of public trading of the company’s equity securities. The aggregate number of shares of common stock that was be reserved for issuance under our ESPP was be equal to the sum of (i) 973,014 shares and (ii) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning in 2019 and ending in 2028 equal to the lesser of (A) 486,507 shares, (B) 0.5% of the shares outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (C) such smaller number of shares as determined by the board of directors. The offering under the ESPP commenced on January 1, 2019. The amount of expense recognized in the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 was immaterial.
Treasury Shares Acquired on Restricted Stock Awards
Upon the vesting of 1,954 thousand restricted stock awards, 782 thousand shares were reacquired to satisfy employees’ tax withholding obligations. These reacquired shares were recorded as $19.1 million of treasury stock and accordingly, reduced the number of common shares outstanding by 782 thousand shares.
12.
Income Taxes
The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations includes the following (in thousands):
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
 
Fiscal Year Ended
January 28, 2017
Federal:
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
14,641

 
$
1,976

 
$
42,268

Deferred
(9,563
)
 
(33,219
)
 
(19,457
)
State:
 
 
 
 
 
Current
11,877

 
5,220

 
9,230

Deferred
(5,129
)
 
(2,404
)
 
(4,073
)
Total income tax provision (benefit)
$
11,826

 
$
(28,427
)
 
$
27,968


78



A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate with the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
 
Fiscal Year Ended
January 28, 2017
Statutory federal income tax rates
21.0
 %
 
33.7
 %
 
35.0
 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
3.8

 
7.5

 
4.5

Effect of federal rate change
(1.8
)
 
(136.2
)
 

Work opportunity and solar tax credit
(1.3
)
 
(17.9
)
 
(1.6
)
Charitable contributions
(0.5
)
 
(1.0
)
 
(0.3
)
Prior year adjustments
0.1

 
(3.2
)
 

Stock options
(10.8
)
 
(4.8
)
 

Other
(2.0
)
 
1.2

 
0.9

Effective income tax rate
8.5
 %
 
(120.7
)%
 
38.5
 %

On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was signed into law. The TCJA includes significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code impacting the taxation of business entities. The most significant change in the TCJA that impacts the Company is the reduction in the corporate federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% for tax years (or portions thereof) beginning after December 31, 2017. As the result of our initial analysis of the impact of the TCJA, we recorded a provisional amount of net tax benefit of $32.1 million in the fiscal year ended February 3, 2018 related to the remeasurement of our deferred tax balances. We completed our accounting for the income tax effects of the TCJA in fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 and recorded an additional tax benefit of $2.4 million to the provisional amounts initially recorded.
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 were as follows (in thousands):
 
February 2, 2019
 
February 3, 2018
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Self-insurance reserves
$
29,288

 
$
27,595

Rental step liabilities
23,194

 
21,336

Compensation and benefits
13,823

 
15,975

Interest
12,354

 

Capital lease and financing obligations
5,826

 
7,542

Interest rate swap
5,454

 

Deferred gain amortization
4,956

 
5,279

Intangible liabilities
3,834

 
4,408

Environment clean up reserve
3,664

 
3,312

Startup costs
3,276

 
3,675

Lease incentive gain
2,963

 
3,029

Closed store obligations
896

 
2,421

Other
16,926

 
13,677

Total deferred tax assets
$
126,454

 
$
108,249

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Fixed assets
$
87,413

 
$
79,388

Intangible assets
56,444

 
62,716

Debt costs
5,152

 
7,728

Capital lease and financings obligations
5,079

 
7,014

Other
9,303

 
8,477

Total deferred tax liabilities
163,391

 
165,323

Net deferred tax liabilities
$
(36,937
)
 
$
(57,074
)


79



The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible. The Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations and the reversals of existing taxable temporary differences will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. Therefore, no valuation allowance has been recorded. In making this determination, the Company considered historical levels of income as well as projections for future periods.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):
 
Fiscal year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal year Ended
February 3, 2018
Balance at the beginning of the period
$
4,357

 
$
4,199

Additions (reductions) for tax positions taken during prior years
(142
)
 
607

Additions for tax positions taken during the current year
960

 
43

Settlements
(125
)
 
(260
)
Lapses in statute of limitations
(2,526
)
 
(232
)
Balance at the end of the period
$
2,524

 
$
4,357

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, reflective of federal tax benefits at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate was $2.2 million and $3.9 million, respectively.
As of February 2, 2019, management has determined it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease within the next twelve months by less than $0.1 million, due to the expected resolution of state tax audits and the expiration of statute of limitations. The Company’s tax years from 2014 forward remain open and are subject to examination by the IRS and various state taxing jurisdictions.
The Company classifies interest expense and any penalties related to income tax uncertainties as a component of income tax expense, which is consistent with the recognition of these items in prior reporting periods. For the period ended February 2, 2019, the Company recognized $0.4 million in interest income. For the periods ended February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017 the Company recognized $0.7 million and $0.3 million in interest expense, respectively. As of February 2, 2019, and February 3, 2018, the Company had $0.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively, of accrued interest related to income tax uncertainties.
13.
Retirement Plans
Under BJ’s 401(k) savings plans, participating employees may make pretax contributions up to 50% of covered compensation subject to federal limits. BJ’s matches employee contributions at 50% of the first six percent of covered compensation. The Company’s expense under these plans was $9.3 million, $9.6 million and $8.7 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The Company has a non-contributory defined contribution retirement plan for certain key employees. Under this plan, BJ’s funds annual retirement contributions for the designated participants on an after-tax basis. For the last two years, the Company’s contributions equaled 5% of the participants’ base salary. Participants become fully vested in their contribution accounts at the end of the fiscal year in which they complete four full fiscal years of service. Pretax expense under this plan was $2.4 million, $2.4 million and $2.3 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
14.
Postretirement Medical Benefits
The Company has a defined benefit postretirement medical plan which covers employees who retire after age 55 with at least 10 years of service, who are not eligible for Medicare, and who participated in a Company-sponsored medical plan. Spouses and eligible dependents are also covered under the plan. Amounts contributed by retired employees under this plan are based on years of service prior to retirement. The plan was amended in 2015 to limit eligibility to only those who meet the eligibility criteria, of age and years of service, by June 30, 2017. The plan can no longer accept any new enrollees, with estimated future benefit payments ending by June 30, 2027.  
The Company recognizes the funded status of the postretirement medical plan in the balance sheet. The funded status represents the difference between the projected benefit liability obligation of the plan and the fair value of the plan’s assets. Previously unrecognized deferred amounts such as actuarial gains and losses and the impact of plan changes are included in accumulated other comprehensive income. Changes in these amounts in future years are adjusted as they occur through accumulated other comprehensive income. The discount rates presented in the tables below were selected by referencing yields on high quality corporate bonds, using the Citigroup Pension Yield Curve.

80



Obligation and Funded Status
The change in obligation and funded status of the plan at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 was as follows (in thousands):
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
Change in Obligation
 
 
 
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of period
$
5,360

 
$
5,927

Company service cost
143

 
182

Interest cost
150

 
147

Plan participants’ contributions
270

 
316

Net actuarial loss
(1,336
)
 
(392
)
Benefit payments made directly by the Company
(413
)
 
(820
)
Projected benefit obligation at end of period
$
4,174

 
$
5,360

Change in Plan Assets


 


Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
$

 
$

Company contributions
143

 
504

Plan participants’ contributions
270

 
316

Benefit payments made directly by the Company
(413
)
 
(820
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period

 

Funded status at end of year
$
(4,174
)
 
$
(5,360
)
The funded status of the plan as of February 2, 2019 is recognized as a net liability in other noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company expects to contribute approximately $0.8 million to the postretirement plan in 2019.
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the last three fiscal years consists of the following (in thousands):
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
 
Fiscal Year Ended
January 28, 2017
Company service cost
$
143

 
$
182

 
$
204

Interest cost
150

 
147

 
142

Net prior service credit amortization
(693
)
 
(693
)
 
(693
)
Amortization of unrecognized gain
(316
)
 
(250
)
 
(510
)
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost
$
(716
)
 
$
(614
)
 
$
(857
)
Discount rate used to determine cost
3.00
%
 
2.63
%
 
2.45
%
Health care cost trend rates
6.50
%
 
7.00
%
 
7.00
%
The change in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), gross of tax, consists of the following (in thousands):
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
AOCI at the beginning of period
$
(3,331
)
 
$
(3,882
)
Net prior service credit amortization
693

 
693

Amortization of net actuarial gain
316

 
250

Net actuarial loss for the period
(1,336
)
 
(392)

AOCI at the end of the period
$
(3,658
)
 
$
(3,331
)
The Company expects to amortize approximately $1.0 million of net actuarial gain from AOCI into net periodic postretirement benefit cost in 2019.

81



Assumptions
The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the postretirement benefit obligations:
 
February 2, 2019
 
February 3, 2018
Discount rate
3.04
%
 
3.00
%
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
6.50
%
 
6.50
%
Ultimate trend rate
5.00
%
 
5.00
%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
2024

 
2024

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the post-retirement health care plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects as of February 2, 2019 (in thousands):
Effect of 1% Increase in Medical Trend Rates
 
Postretirement benefit obligation increases by
$
124

Total of service and interest cost increases by
16

Effect of 1% Decrease in Medical Trend Rates
 
Postretirement benefit obligation decreases by
$
120

Total of service and interest cost decreases by
15

Cash Flows
The estimated future benefit payments for the postretirement health care plan at February 2, 2019 are (in thousands):
Fiscal Year
Future
minimum
payments
2019
$
774

2020
707

2021
692

2022
706

2023
640

2024 to 2028
1,357

Total
4,876

15.
Asset Retirement Obligations
The following is a summary of activity relating to the liability for asset retirement obligations, which the Company will incur primarily in connection with the future removal of gasoline tanks and the related infrastructure. The following is included in other noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
 
Fiscal Year Ended
January 28, 2017
Balance, beginning of period
$
12,998

 
$
11,846

 
$
10,714

Accretion expense
1,031

 
959

 
895

Liabilities incurred during the year
1,219

 
193

 
237

Balance, end of period
$
15,248

 
$
12,998

 
$
11,846



82



16.
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
The major components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
February 2, 2019
 
February 3, 2018
Deferred membership fee income
$
134,415

 
$
126,216

Employee compensation
77,663

 
83,921

Outstanding checks and payables
58,840

 
34,002

Insurance reserves
47,813

 
40,620

BJ’s Perks rewards
34,083

 
22,736

Sales, property, use and other taxes
29,050

 
33,031

Deferred revenues
26,800

 
16,977

Fixed asset accruals
13,849

 
19,405

Professional services
20,197

 
7,998

Utilities, advertising and accrued interest
16,177

 
41,709

MFI Sales and legal reserves
12,744

 
6,652

Repairs and maintenance
11,808

 
17,734

Other
21,395

 
44,766

Total
$
504,834

 
$
495,767

The following table summarizes membership fee income activity for each of the last two fiscal years (in thousands):
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
Deferred MFI, beginning of period
$
126,216

 
$
116,483

Cash received from members
291,092

 
268,327

Revenue recognized in earnings
(282,893
)
 
(258,594
)
Deferred MFI, end of period
$
134,415

 
$
126,216

17.
Other Noncurrent Liabilities
The major components of other noncurrent liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
February 2, 2019
 
February 3, 2018
Rent escalation liability
$
82,907

 
$
76,867

Workers’ compensation and general liability
70,585

 
72,317

Capital leases and financing obligations
28,824

 
35,147

Interest rate swap liability
19,410

 

Postretirement medical benefit and other
16,938

 
21,634

Deferred gain on sale leasebacks
16,348

 
17,639

Asset retirement obligations
15,248

 
12,998

Lease incentives
13,920

 
14,985

Above market leases
13,643

 
15,806

Total noncurrent liabilities
$
277,823

 
$
267,393


83



18.
Book Overdrafts
Banking arrangements provide for the daily replenishment of vendor payable bank accounts as checks are presented. The balances of checks outstanding in these bank accounts, which represent book overdrafts, totaled approximately $50.3 million at February 2, 2019 and approximately $70.0 million at February 3, 2018. Amounts payable to merchandise vendors are included in accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheets and were approximately $32.1 million and $36.0 million at the end of 2018 and 2017, respectively. Amounts payable to non-merchandise vendors are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and were approximately $18.2 million and $34.0 million at the end of 2018 and 2017, respectively. Changes in these balances are reflected in operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
19.
Derivative Financial Instruments
Interest Rate Caps
Both the Company’s First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan were subject to interest rates based on LIBOR. The Company had interest rate hedge arrangements that effectively capped a portion of its interest rate exposure on three-month LIBOR at 1.5% through March 31, 2016 (the “Interest Rate Caps”). The aggregate notional amount of the Interest Rate Caps was $1.7 billion. The Company also had a 2.5% forward cap arrangement covering $1.0 billion notional of the outstanding principal balance of the First and Second Lien Term Loans from April 1, 2016 through September 29, 2017.
Hedge accounting for these arrangements was not elected and therefore all unrealized gains and losses required to value the instruments to fair value were recorded in earnings for the period of the change. Unrealized losses were not material for 2017 and 2016. Unrealized losses were recorded in interest expense in order to value the cap arrangements at fair value.
Interest Rate Swaps
On November 13, 2018, the Company entered into three forward starting interest rate swaps (the "Interest Rate Swaps"), which were effective starting on February 13, 2019. The Company has fixed the LIBOR component of $1.2 billion of its floating rate debt at a rate of approximately 3.0%. The Interest Rate Swaps are recorded as a liability of $19.4 million, with the net of tax amount recorded in Other Comprehensive Income.
In 2016, the Company was party to an interest rate swap arrangement whereby the Company fixed a portion of its interest rate exposure on one-month LIBOR. The interest rate swap agreement, which expired on March 30, 2016, was for a notional amount of $100.0 million and required the Company to pay the counterparty a fixed interest rate and receive from the counterparty a floating interest rate based on one-month LIBOR.
The Company elected hedge accounting for the interest rate swap agreements, and as such, the effective portion of the gains and losses was recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. There were $19.4 million of unrealized losses recorded in 2018, and immaterial amounts for 2017 and 2016 in other comprehensive income.
20.
Fair Value Measurements
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments are based on quotes received from third-party banks and represent the estimated amount the Company would pay to terminate the agreements taking into consideration current interest rates as well as the creditworthiness of the counterparties. These inputs are considered to be Level 2.
Financial Assets and Liabilities
The gross carrying amount and fair value of the Company’s debt at February 2, 2019 are as follows (in thousands):
 
Carrying
Amount
 
 
Fair Value 
First Lien Term Loan
$
1,530,045

 
$
1,516,872

ABL Facility
289,000

 
289,000

Total Debt
$
1,819,045

 
$
1,805,872

The fair value of debt was determined based on quoted market prices and on borrowing rates available to the Company at February 2, 2019. These inputs are considered to be Level 2.

84



The gross carrying amount and fair value of the Company’s debt at February 3, 2018 are as follows (in thousands):
 
Carrying
Amount
 
 
Fair Value 
First Lien Term Loan
$
1,910,563

 
$
1,908,174

Second Lien Term Loan
625,000

 
625,000

ABL Facility
217,000

 
217,000

Total Debt
$
2,752,563

 
$
2,750,174

The fair value of debt was determined based on quoted market prices and on borrowing rates available to the Company at February 3, 2018. These inputs are considered to be Level 2.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
The Company measures certain non-financial assets and liabilities, including long-lived assets, at fair value on a non-recurring basis. See Note 2 for further information.
The Company believes that the carrying amounts of its other financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximates their carrying value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
21.
Earnings Per Share
The table below reconciles basic weighted-average common shares outstanding to diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016:
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
 
Fiscal Year Ended
January 28, 2017
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, used for basic computation
116,599,102

 
88,385,864

 
88,163,992

Plus: Incremental shares of potentially dilutive securities
 
 
 
 
 
Stock incentive awards
4,535,748

 
3,877,713

 
2,572,087

Weighted-average number of common and dilutive potential common shares outstanding
121,134,850

 
92,263,577

 
90,736,079

Stock incentive awards not included in the computation of diluted earnings were 1,190,597; 811,272 and 3,416,707 as of the end of fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

85



22.
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only)
BJ’S WHOLESALE CLUB HOLDINGS, INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands)
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
ASSETS
 
 
 
Investment in subsidiaries
$
(202,084
)
 
$
(1,019,419
)
 
 
 
 
Contingently redeemable common stock, par value $0.01; 0 shares issued and outstanding at February 2, 2019 and 1,456 shares issued and outstanding at February 3, 2018:

 
10,438

 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
 
 
 
Common stock, par value $0.01; 305,000 shares authorized; 138,099 shares issued and 137,317 shares outstanding at February 2, 2019; 87,073 shares issued and outstanding at February 3, 2018
1,381

 
871

Additional paid-in capital
730,757

 
4,537

Accumulated deficit
(915,113
)
 
(1,035,265
)
Treasury stock, at cost, 782 shares and no shares outstanding at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, respectively.
(19,109
)
 

Total contingently redeemable common stock and stockholders’ deficit
$
(202,084
)
 
$
(1,019,419
)
BJ’S WHOLESALE CLUB HOLDINGS, INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2019
 
Fiscal Year Ended
February 3, 2018
 
Fiscal Year Ended
January 28, 2017
Equity in net income of subsidiaries
$
127,261

 
$
50,301

 
$
44,224

Net income
127,261

 
50,301

 
44,224

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders’:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
1.09

 
$
0.57

 
$
0.50

Diluted
1.05

 
0.54

 
0.48

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
116,599

 
88,386

 
88,164

Diluted
121,135

 
92,264

 
90,736

A statement of cash flows has not been presented as BJ’s Wholesale Club, Holdings, Inc. did not have any cash as of, or for the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018 or January 28, 2017. See Note 4 for dividends paid to parent.

86



Basis of Presentation
These condensed parent company-only financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule I of Regulation S-X, as the restricted net assets of the subsidiaries of BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. (as defined in Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X) exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company. The ability of BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc.’s operating subsidiaries to pay dividends may be restricted due to terms of the subsidiaries’ first lien term loan and ABL credit agreements, as defined in Note 5. For example, the covenants of the ABL credit agreement restrict the payment of dividends to, among other exceptions, (i) a $25.0 million general basket, (ii) a basket for unlimited dividends and distributions if there is no event of default, availability under the ABL credit agreement is greater than 12.5% of the lesser of the commitments under the ABL credit agreement and the borrowing base under the ABL credit agreement for 6 months following such dividend or distribution and, if availability is less than 20% of the lesser of the commitments under the ABL credit agreement and the borrowing base under the ABL credit agreement, a 1.00 to 1.00 (or higher) fixed charge coverage ratio for 12 months after giving effect to such dividend or distribution, and (iii) a basket for up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the borrower’s common stock from certain of such public offerings. The covenants of the first term loan facility restrict the payment of dividends and distributions to, among other exceptions, (i) a $25.0 million general basket, (ii) a basket for unlimited dividends and distributions if no event of default exists and the pro forma total net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.25 to 1.00, (iii) a “growing” basket based on, among other things, retained excess cash flow subject to no event of default and compliance with a pro forma interest coverage ratio of greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00, and (iv) a basket for 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received from such qualified IPO that are contributed to the borrower in cash. As of February 2, 2019, the amount of net income free of such restrictions and available for payment by BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. as dividends was $127.3 million, and the total amount of restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries of BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. was $131.3 million.
All subsidiaries of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. are consolidated. These condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared using the same accounting principles and policies described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, with the only exception being that the parent company accounts for its subsidiaries using the equity method.

23.
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Presented below is the selected quarterly financial data for fiscal year 2018 and fiscal year 2017, which was prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments necessary to present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein on a consistent basis. The fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 consisted of 14 weeks, whereas the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 consisted of 13 weeks. Quarters in which there are 14 weeks will see increased net sales and expenses from the additional week. Also, in the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company paid the entire outstanding amount on its Second Lien Term Loan of $623.2 million. In the first quarter of fiscal year 2017, the Company distributed a $735.5 million dividend to its common stockholders.
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
Fiscal Year Ended February 2, 2019 (52 weeks)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
 
$
2,993,742

 
$
3,236,664

 
$
3,150,234

 
$
3,343,814

Total revenue
 
3,061,697

 
3,307,105

 
3,221,663

 
3,416,882

Gross profit
 
551,359

 
588,503

 
592,088

 
628,945

Net income (loss)
 
14,137

 
(5,614
)
 
54,431

 
64,307

Basic earnings (loss) per share
 
0.16

 
(0.05
)
 
0.40

 
0.47

Diluted earnings (loss) per share
 
0.15

 
(0.05
)
 
0.39

 
0.46

Fiscal Year Ended February 3, 2018 (53 weeks)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
 
2,883,298

 
3,103,335

 
3,019,389

 
3,489,973

Total revenue
 
2,946,828

 
3,167,527

 
3,084,245

 
3,555,989

Gross profit
 
505,523

 
553,340

 
560,948

 
621,286

Net income (loss)
 
(58,894
)
 
19,712

 
22,775

 
66,708

Basic earnings (loss) per share
 
(0.67
)
 
0.22

 
0.26

 
0.75

Diluted earnings (loss) per share
 
(0.67
)
 
0.22

 
0.25

 
0.71



87



24. Subsequent Events

On March 11, 2019, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 17,000,000 shares of its common stock by certain selling stockholders. Such selling stockholders granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 2,550,000 shares of the Company's common stock, which was exercised. The Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of its common stock being offered by the selling stockholders. However, the Company did bear the costs associated with the sale of such shares, except for costs associated with underwriting discounts and commissions.




88



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of February 2, 2019, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to accomplish their objectives at the reasonable assurance level.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company's registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the most recently completed fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information
On March 22, 2019, our Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, appointed Judith L. Werthauser to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, where she will serve as chair. In addition, on the same date Mr. Baldwin stepped down as a member of the Compensation Committee.

89



PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Directors and Executive Officers
Below are the names and certain information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Name
 
Age
 
Position
Executive Officers
 
 
 
 
Christopher J. Baldwin
 
56

 
Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer, Director
Lee Delaney
 
47

 
Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer
Jeff Desroches
 
42

 
Executive Vice President, Club Operations Officer
Robert W. Eddy
 
46

 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
Scott Kessler
 
52

 
Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer
Brian Poulliot
 
44

 
Executive Vice President, Chief Membership Officer
Laura L. Felice
 
37

 
Senior Vice President, Controller
Caroline Glynn
 
50

 
Senior Vice President, Internal Audit and Asset Protection
Graham Luce
 
49

 
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Rafeh Masood
 
40

 
Senior Vice President, Chief Digital Officer
Kirk Saville
 
56

 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications
Kristyn M. Sugrue
 
50

 
Senior Vice President, Treasurer
William C. Werner
 
41

 
Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and Investor Relations
Directors
 
 
 
 
Cameron Breitner
 
44

 
Director
Nishad Chande
 
43

 
Director
J. Kristofer Galashan
 
41

 
Director
Lars Haegg
 
53

 
Director
Ken Parent
 
60

 
Director
Christopher H. Peterson
 
52

 
Director
Jonathan A. Seiffer
 
47

 
Director
Robert Steele
 
63

 
Director
Judith L. Werthauser
 
53

 
Director

Christopher J. Baldwin is Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company. Mr. Baldwin joined BJ’s in September 2015 as President and Chief Operating Officer and Director and was promoted to Chief Executive Officer in February 2016 and Chairman in 2018. Prior to joining BJ’s, he was Chief Executive Officer of Hess Retail Corporation, a spin-off of Hess Corporation (“Hess Retail”) from 2010. Under Mr. Baldwin’s leadership, Hess Retail operated more than 1,300 convenience stores and served over a million customers daily. Before joining Hess Retail, he held executive roles at Kraft Foods from 2007 to 2010, and The Hershey Company from 2004 to 2007. Earlier in his career, Mr. Baldwin also held various roles at Nabisco and Procter and Gamble. Mr. Baldwin is the Chairman of the National Retail Federation, the world’s largest retail trade association. Mr. Baldwin is also active in the community, serving as an executive board member at Harlem Lacrosse and Leadership, a school-based nonprofit that provides educational intervention, leadership training and lacrosse for at-risk youth. Mr. Baldwin graduated from Siena College in Loudonville, New York with a B.S. in Economics.


90



Lee Delaney is Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. Mr. Delaney is responsible for the Company’s merchandising, marketing and supply chain organization, and BJ’s services businesses, including travel, optical and home improvement. Mr. Delaney joined BJ’s in 2016 as Executive Vice President, Chief Growth Officer. Prior to joining BJ’s, he was a partner in the Boston office of Bain & Company (“Bain”) from 1996 to 2016. While at Bain, Mr. Delaney advised clients on corporate strategy, created new market entry plans, supported client acquisitions and advised on large cost reduction programs. He has extensive experience with direct consumer and retail marketing. Before joining Bain, he led consulting engagements for Electronic Data Systems and Deloitte Consulting. Mr. Delaney attended business school at Carnegie Mellon University, earning an MBA with top honors. He is also a graduate of the University of Massachusetts where he received a B.S. with a double major in computer science and mathematics. Mr. Delaney is also a member of the board of directors of PDC Brands Inc.

Jeff Desroches is Executive Vice President, Club Operations Officer of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. Mr. Desroches was named to this position in 2018 and leads all operations, Club Team Members, Regional Field Staff, and policies and procedures at the Company’s 216 clubs and 138 fuel stations. Mr. Desroches joined BJ’s in 2001 as Regional Asset Protection Manager for the Metro NY market and became the Vice President of Asset Protection in 2007. In 2010 Mr. Desroches was named Senior Vice President of Supply Chain. As the Senior Vice President of Supply Chain, he was responsible for all aspects of supply chain operations including domestic and international transportation, reverse logistics, inventory planning and allocation, vendor compliance master data and more. Prior to BJ’s, Mr. Desroches held various operational and warehousing roles at Service Merchandise Company, Inc. from 1993 to 2000 and Kmart Corporation from 2000 to 2001. He holds a B.S. in Criminal Justice and Law Enforcement Administration from American Intercontinental University.

Robert W. Eddy is Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of the Company. He is responsible for the Company’s finance, risk management, real estate and human resources teams. He also leads the teams charged with pricing and procurement, asset protection, as well as the legal team. Mr. Eddy was named Chief Financial and Administrative Officer in 2018. He joined BJ’s in 2007 as Senior Vice President, Finance and was named Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 2011. Prior to joining BJ’s, Mr. Eddy served multinational manufacturing, technology, retail and consumer products companies as a member of the audit and business advisory practice of PwC in Boston and San Francisco. From 2012 to 2017, Mr. Eddy chaired the Financial Executives Council of the National Retail Federation. He is also a member of the Board of Trustees of The Boston Children’s Hospital. Mr. Eddy is a graduate of Babson College in Wellesley, Massachusetts, and Phillips Academy in Andover, Massachusetts.

Scott Kessler is Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. He joined BJ’s in this position in 2017 and is responsible for IT, ensuring that the Company has the technology, systems and people in place to support the Company’s transformation. Prior to joining the Company, he was Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer, at Belk, a $4 billion department store chain with nearly 300 stores from 2014 to 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Kessler was Senior Vice President, Products Technology, at GSI Commerce from 2004 to 2013. Mr. Kessler holds an MBA and a B.S. degree from Fairleigh Dickenson University.

Brian Poulliot is Executive Vice President, Chief Membership Officer of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. Mr. Poulliot was named to this position in 2016 and is responsible for overseeing all aspects of the Company’s membership programs, including acquisition, retention, engagement and analytics capabilities. From 2012 to 2016, Mr. Poulliot was Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning & Analysis, overseeing corporate financial planning and analysis, strategic pricing, category profitability and site selection research for the Company. He joined BJ’s in 2010 as Vice President of Financial Accounting and Reporting. In 2006, Mr. Poulliot joined ThermoFisher Scientific through the merger of Fisher Scientific and Thermo Electron. In 2004, he joined Fisher Scientific International where he led the company’s technical accounting operations. Mr. Poulliot earned his CPA license in 1999. He graduated from Merrimack College in North Andover, Massachusetts in 1996 with a B.S. in Business Administration with a concentration in accounting.

Laura L. Felice is Senior Vice President, Controller of the Company. She joined BJ’s in this position in 2016 and is responsible for the integrity of our financial records. Prior to joining BJ’s, Ms. Felice held positions of increasing responsibility at Clarks Americas, Inc. from 2008 to 2016 and PwC from 2003 to 2008. She holds a Master of Accounting and a B.S. with a double major in Finance and Accounting from Boston College. She is also a CPA.

Caroline Glynn is Senior Vice President, Internal Audit and Asset Protection of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. She has been with BJ’s for more than 28 years and is responsible for assessing risks, controls and process improvement opportunities as well as leading the safety and asset protection teams. Ms. Glynn has held various positions at BJ’s in club operations, inventory control and internal audit. She holds a B.S. in Finance from Merrimack College and an MBA from Southern New Hampshire University. She is also a CPA, a Certified Internal Auditor and a Certified Information Systems Auditor.


91



Graham Luce is Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. Mr. Luce joined BJ’s in this position in 2015 and provides senior management with strategic advice on Company initiatives, complex business transactions and litigation, as well as counsel on all corporate governance related matters. He also serves as secretary to the board of directors. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Luce worked at Bain from 2000 to 2015 and Goodwin Procter LLP from 1995 to 2000. He holds a J.D. from Boston University School of Law and holds a B.A. in Political Science and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Tufts University.

Rafeh Masood is Senior Vice President, Chief Digital Officer of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. He joined BJ’s in this position in May 2017 and is responsible for driving the Company’s vision and strategy for its e-commerce and omnichannel efforts. Mr. Masood held various leadership positions at Dick’s Sporting Goods from 2013 to 2017 and Sears Holdings from 2010 to 2013. He holds an MBA and a B.S. in Information Systems from DePaul University.

Kirk Saville is Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. He joined BJ’s in this position in 2016 and is responsible for corporate communications, public relations, internal communications, social media and community relations. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Saville held senior communications positions at Staples, Inc. from 2012 to 2017 and The Hershey Company from 2003 to 2012. He holds a Master of Journalism and a B.A. in Soviet Studies from the University of California, Berkeley.

Kristyn M. Sugrue is Senior Vice President, Treasurer of the Company. Ms. Sugrue joined BJ’s in 2011 as Vice President of Tax and was named Senior Vice President, Treasurer in 2017. She is responsible for managing the Company’s treasury functions, including the banking, risk management, insurance and tax groups. Prior to joining BJ’s, Ms. Sugrue held various finance management positions from 1998 to 2011 at publicly traded companies including Virtusa Corporation, Akamai Technologies, Inc. and Staples, Inc. and was a member of the tax practice at both Ernst & Young LLP and Arthur Andersen LLP in Boston from 1990 to 1998. She holds a B.S. in Accounting from Boston College and is a CPA.

William C. Werner is Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and Investor Relations of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. and is responsible for building the Company’s strategic priorities to drive growth and investor relations. He joined BJ’s in 2012 as Vice President, Accounting and Financial Reporting, was promoted to Senior Vice President, Finance in 2013 and assumed his current position in 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Werner was a Director in the Deals practice at PwC from 2007 to 2012. He holds a B.A. with a double major in Mathematics and Accounting from the College of the Holy Cross and is a CPA.

Cameron Breitner has been a director of the Company since 2011. Mr. Breitner is a Partner at CVC. He is the head of CVC’s San Francisco office and leads CVC’s U.S. Business Services, Consumer and Retail investing activities. Prior to joining CVC in 2007, Mr. Breitner worked at Centre Partners where he was Managing Director and had worked since 1998. Prior to Centre Partners, Mr. Breitner worked in M&A at Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co. He received a B.A. in Psychology from Duke University.

Nishad Chande has been a director of the Company since 2018. Mr. Chande is a Senior Managing Director at CVC, which he joined in 2016 as a member of the Consumer/Retail team. Prior to joining CVC, Mr. Chande worked at Centre Partners from 2005 to 2016, Bain & Company from 2003 to 2005, Raymond James Capital from 1999 to 2001 and Schroders from 1997 to 1999. He holds an MBA from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a B.A. in Economics and Mathematics from Dartmouth College.

J. Kristofer Galashan has been a director of the Company since 2011. Mr. Galashan is a Partner at Leonard Green, which he joined as an associate in 2002. Prior to joining Leonard Green, he worked in the Investment Banking Division of Credit Suisse First Boston (formerly DLJ) in their Los Angeles office. Mr. Galashan presently serves on the board of directors of The Container Store. Mr. Galashan earned a B.A. in Business Administration, with honors, from the Richard Ivey School of Business at the University of Western Ontario.

Lars Haegg has been a director of the Company since 2012. Mr. Haegg is a Partner at CVC since 2012, where he is a member of the CVC Operations team, and based in New York. Prior to joining CVC, Mr. Haegg spent over 14 years with Investcorp where he was Head of Post-Acquisition activities in North America. Before Investcorp, he worked at McKinsey & Company, where he served retail, media and technology clients. Mr. Haegg holds an MBA from Harvard Business School and a B.A. in Business Administration from The University of Texas, Austin.


92



Ken Parent has been a director of the Company since 2011. Mr. Parent is president of Pilot Flying J, the largest travel center operator in North America. In this role, he oversees all company functions, including human resources, technology, finance, real estate and construction. Mr. Parent also leads strategic initiatives on behalf of Pilot. Named Chief Operating Officer of Pilot in 2014, Mr. Parent also managed store and restaurant operations, marketing, sales, transportation and supply and distribution. Prior to that, Mr. Parent served as the company’s Senior Vice President of Operations, Marketing and Human Resources from 2001 to 2014. Mr. Parent holds an MBA and a B.S. in marketing from San Diego State University.

Christopher H. Peterson has been a director of the Company since 2018. Mr. Peterson is currently the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Newell Brands. Prior to this role, he was Chief Operating Officer, Operations at Revlon, Inc., leading the global Supply Chain, Finance and IT functions from 2017 to 2018. From 2012 to 2016, Mr. Peterson was at Ralph Lauren, where he was recruited as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and later served as President, Global Brands, with responsibility for Legal, Corporate Facilities, Global Real Estate and Corporate Services. Prior to his time at Ralph Lauren, he spent 20 years at Procter & Gamble in various roles of increasing responsibility, the latest of which was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Global Household Care. Mr. Peterson has a B.S. from Cornell University in Operations Research and Industrial Engineering.

Jonathan A. Seiffer has been a director of the Company since 2011. Mr. Seiffer is a Senior Partner at Leonard Green, which he joined in 1994. Mr. Seiffer is a board observer for Signet Jewelers. He previously served on the board of Whole Foods from 2008 to 2017. Mr. Seiffer earned a Bachelor of Applied Sciences in Systems Engineering and a B.S. in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania.

Robert Steele has been a director of the Company since 2016. Mr. Steele is on an advisory board for CVC. From 2007 to 2011, Mr. Steele served as Vice Chairman of Global Health and Well-being at Procter & Gamble (“P&G”), retiring in 2011. Mr. Steele spent 35 years with P&G, where he served as group president of global household care, group president of North America, VP North America home care and in a range of brand management and sales positions. Mr. Steele formerly served on the board of Kellogg Co. from 2007 to 2012; the board of Beam Co. from 2012 to 2014; the board of Keurig Green Mountain, Inc. from 2013 to 2016; and as trustee of The St. Joseph Home for Handicapped Children from 1995 to 2012. He currently serves on the board of directors of Newell Brands, Berry Global Group, Inc. and LSI Industries, Inc. Mr. Steele holds an MBA from Cleveland State University and a B.A. in Economics from the College of Wooster.

Judith L. Werthauser has been a director of the Company since 2018. Ms. Werthauser is Executive Vice President and Chief Experience Officer at Five Below, Inc, which she joined in 2019. She served as Executive Vice President, Chief People Officer at Domino’s Pizza, Inc. until 2019. Prior to joining Domino’s in 2016, Ms. Werthauser was Senior Vice President of Human Resources at Target Corporation, where she helped lead Target’s transformation from a traditional to an omnichannel retailer. Earlier in her career she was Senior Vice President of Human Resources for U.S. Bancorp in Minneapolis. She held senior HR positions at Marshall Field’s department stores. She holds a master’s degree in organization leadership and a bachelor’s degree in industrial psychology from the University of Minnesota.

Voting Agreement
Pursuant to the Voting Agreement described under Part III. “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence,” the Sponsors are entitled to designate individuals to be included in the slate of nominees recommended by our board of directors for election to our board of directors as follows:

so long as CVC owns, in the aggregate, (i) at least 70% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock owned by it immediately following the IPO, CVC Beacon LP is entitled to nominate three directors, (ii) less than 70%, but at least 40% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock owned by it immediately following the IPO, it is entitled to nominate two directors, (iii) less than 40% but at least 10% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock owned by it immediately following the IPO, it is entitled to nominate one director and (iv) less than 10% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock owned by it immediately following the IPO, it will not be entitled to nominate a director; and


93



so long as Leonard Green owns, in the aggregate, (i) at least 70% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock owned by it immediately following the IPO, Leonard Green is entitled to nominate three directors, (ii) less than 70%, but at least 40% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock owned by it immediately following the IPO, it is entitled to nominate two directors, (iii) less than 40% but at least 10% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock owned by it immediately following the IPO, it is entitled to nominate one director and (iv) less than 10% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock owned by it immediately following the IPO, will not be not entitled to nominate a director.

CVC has nominated Cameron Breitner and Lars Haegg for election to our board of directors and Leonard Green has nominated Jonathan A. Seiffer, and J. Kristofer Galashan for election to our board of directors.

Director Independence
Under the NYSE rules, a director is not independent unless our board of directors affirmatively determines that he or she does not have a direct or indirect material relationship with us or any of our subsidiaries. In addition, the director must meet the bright-line tests for independence set forth by the NYSE rules. Our board has affirmatively determined that each of our directors other Christopher J. Baldwin, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, qualifies as independent under the applicable NYSE rules.
Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert
We have a separately-designated standing audit committee. The members of our audit committee are Christopher H. Peterson, as chair, and Ken Parent and Robert Steele.  Our Board also has determined that each of the members of the audit committee is “financially literate” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and that Christopher H. Peterson qualifies as an audit committee financial expert as defined by applicable SEC regulations.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our executive officers and directors, our chief accounting officer and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of our common stock to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Such officers, directors, officers and stockholders are required by SEC regulation to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file with the SEC. To our knowledge, based on review of the copies of such reports and amendments to such reports furnished to us with respect to fiscal year 2018, and based on written representations by our directors and executive officers, all required Section 16 reports under the Exchange Act for our directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of greater than 10% of our ordinary shares were filed on a timely basis during fiscal year 2018, other than one Form 4 for each of Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney, Desroches, Eddy, Kessler, Masood, Poulliot and Werner and Mmes. Felice and Sugrue, reporting shares withheld by the Company for payment of tax liability incident to the vesting of a restricted stock award, which were inadvertently filed late.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to all of our directors, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) and employees. Our code of ethics is available on our website at www.bjs.com under Investor Relations. Our code of ethics is a “code of ethics” as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. In the event that we amend or waive certain provisions of our code of ethics that requires disclosure under applicable SEC or NYSE rules, we intend to provide such required disclosure on our website. Our website is not incorporated into or a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 



94



Item 11. Executive Compensation
Report of the Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee has discussed and reviewed the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management. Based upon this review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2018.
Submitted by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors:

Jonathan Seiffer, Co-Chair
Cameron Breitner, Co-Chair
Robert Steele
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
This section discusses the principles underlying the material components of our executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” and the factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. These named executive officers ("NEOs") for fiscal year 2018 are:
Christopher J. Baldwin, who serves as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and is our principal executive officer;
Robert W. Eddy, who serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Administrative Officer and is our principal financial officer;
Lee Delaney, who serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer;
Scott Kessler, who serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer; and
Brian Poulliot, who serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Membership Officer.
Specifically, this section provides an overview of our executive compensation philosophy, the overall objectives of our executive compensation program, and each compensation component that we provide. In addition, we explain how and why the Compensation Committee of our board of directors arrived at specific compensation policies and decisions involving our NEOs during fiscal year 2018.
Each of the key elements of our executive compensation program is discussed in more detail below. Our compensation programs are designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively serve the principles and objectives of our compensation and benefits program.
Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
Our executive team is critical to our success and to building value for our stockholders. The principles and objectives of our compensation and benefits programs for our executive officers are to:
attract, engage and retain to work for us the best executives, with experience and managerial talent enabling us to be an employer of choice in highly-competitive and dynamic industries;
align compensation with our corporate strategies, business and financial objectives and the long-term interests of our stockholders;
motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance ensure our continued success; and
ensure that our total compensation is fair, reasonable and competitive.

95



Roles of Our Compensation Committee and Chief Executive Officer in Compensation Decisions
Historically, the initial compensation arrangements with our executive officers, including the NEOs, were determined in arm’s-length negotiations with each individual executive. Typically, our CEO was responsible for negotiating these arrangements, except with respect to his own compensation, with the oversight and final approval of the Compensation Committee. These compensation arrangements were influenced by a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:
our financial condition and available resources;
our view of the strategic importance of the position to be filled;
our evaluation of the competitive market based on the experience of the members of the Compensation Committee with other companies and market information we may receive from executive search firms retained by us;
the length of service of an individual; and
the compensation levels of our other executive officers, each as of the time of the applicable compensation decision.
Following the completion of these initial arrangements, our CEO (except as to his own compensation) and the Compensation Committee were responsible for overseeing our executive compensation program, as well as periodically reviewing, determining and approving the ongoing compensation arrangements for our executive officers, including the other NEOs.
Engagement of Compensation Consultant
The Compensation Committee is authorized to retain the services of one or more executive compensation advisors, in its discretion, to assist with the establishment and review of our compensation programs and related policies. In connection with the preparation of the IPO, the Compensation Committee initially engaged Exequity, LLP (“Exequity”), an independent national compensation consulting firm, to provide executive compensation advisory services, help evaluate our compensation philosophy and objectives and provide guidance in administering our compensation program. The Compensation Committee has continued to engage Exequity following the IPO to provide these services. Exequity does not provide any services to us other than the services provided to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee believes that Exequity does not have any conflicts of interest in advising the Compensation Committee under applicable SEC or NYSE rules.
Compensation Components
We design the principal components of our executive compensation program to fulfill one or more of the principles and objectives described above. Compensation of our NEOs includes each of the following key elements:
base salary;
annual Company performance-based cash compensation; and
long-term equity incentive compensation.
Each of these elements fulfills one or more of the principles and objectives noted above. We view each component of our executive compensation program as related but distinct, and we also regularly reassess the total compensation of our executive officers to ensure that our overall compensation objectives are met. In addition, we have determined the appropriate level for each compensation component based on our understanding of the competitive market-based on the experience of members of the Compensation Committee, advice and information provided by Exequity, our recruiting and retention goals, our view of internal equity and consistency, the length of service of our executive officers, our overall performance, and other considerations the Compensation Committee considers relevant.
 
We offer cash compensation, in the form of base salaries, annual Company performance-based bonuses and, as circumstances warrant, discretionary individual performance-based bonuses, that we believe appropriately rewards our executive officers for their contributions to our business. When making awards, the Compensation Committee considers the Company’s financial and operational performance. A key component of our executive compensation program, however, is long-term equity incentive awards. We emphasize the use of long-term equity to incent our executive officers to focus on the growth of our overall enterprise value and, correspondingly, the creation of value for our shareholders.
Except as described below, we have not adopted any formal or informal policy or guidelines for allocating compensation between currently-paid and long-term compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation, or among different forms of non-cash compensation.

96



Each of the primary elements of our executive compensation program is discussed in more detail below. While we have identified particular compensation objectives that each element of executive compensation serves, our compensation programs are designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively serve all of the executive compensation objectives described above. Accordingly, whether or not specifically mentioned below, we believe that, as a part of our overall executive compensation policy, each individual element, to a greater or lesser extent, serves each of our objectives.

Key Fiscal Year 2018 Compensation Decisions
As part of its annual compensation-setting process, the Compensation Committee generally meets in the first quarter of the year. Additionally, in April, May and June 2018, in connection with the IPO, the Compensation Committee, using information prepared by Exequity, reviewed and considered the pay level and mix of the Company’s NEOs against executives serving in similar capacities at other publicly-held retail companies with whom the Company may compete for talent. As a result of this, the Compensation Committee: (i) made several awards concurrent with the IPO in recognition of the Company’s performance leading up to the IPO, and (ii) made several adjustments to cash and equity compensation to reflect a compensation structure and level consistent with comparable public retail company pay practices. In particular, the Compensation Committee made the following key compensation decisions:
Increased the NEO base salaries as further described in “Base Salaries”;
Increased the NEO target percentage payout under our annual incentive plan as further described in “Annual Incentive Plan”; and
Awarded equity in the form of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards, each as further described in "Long-Term Equity Incentives".

Following is an overview of our Fiscal Year 2018 executive compensation program:

Compensation Element
 
Form
 
Objectives
Base Salary
(Fixed, short-term)
 
Cash
 
Attract and retain high-quality executives to drive our success

Align with external competitive level and maintain internal parity based on role, responsibility and experience
Annual Incentive Plan
(At-risk, short-term)
 
Cash
 
Drive Company and business unit results

Align actual pay-out based on achievement of Company financial performance goals
Long-term Incentive Awards
(At-risk, medium to long-term)
 
Equity:
Restricted Stock Awards and Non-qualified Stock Options
 
Drive Company performance; align interest of executives with those of stockholders; retain executives through vesting over multi-year periods

Vest RSAs ratably over three years

Vest non-qualified stock options ratably over three years, with a 10-year expiration from the date of grant
IPO Awards
(At-risk, medium)
 
Equity:
Restricted Stock Awards and Non-qualified Stock Options
 
Reward executives for Company performance leading up to the IPO

Vest RSAs 30 days from grant date, subject to non-compete restrictions

Vest non-qualified stock options over two years, front loaded (2/3 year one, 1/3 year two)

97



Assessing Competitive Practice Through Peer Group Comparisons
Executive Compensation Peer Group
To gain a general understanding of our current compensation practices, the Compensation Committee reviews the compensation of executives serving in similar positions at peer companies. The external market data reviewed for 2018 was provided by Exequity.
In initially setting the peer group, the Compensation Committee considered, at the recommendation of Exequity, industry, revenue, market capitalization, enterprise value, EBITDA and gross margin, among other factors for each company. The Company is positioned near the median of the peer group based on annual revenue and market capitalization.
Fiscal Year 2018 Executive Compensation Peer Group Companies
Company Name
 
GICS Industry
Bed Bath & Beyond
 
Home Furnishing Retail
Big Lots, Inc.
 
General Merchandise Stores
Burlington Stores, Inc.
 
Apparel Retail
Dick's Sporting Goods, Inc.
 
Specialty Stores
Dollar General Corporation
 
General Merchandise Stores
Dollar Tree, Inc.
 
General Merchandise Stores
Foot Locker, Inc.
 
Apparel Retail
Kohl's Corporation
 
Department Stores
The Michaels Companies, Inc.
 
Specialty Stores
PriceSmart, Inc.
 
Hypermarkets and Super Centers
Sprouts Farmers Market, Inc.
 
Food Retail
Target Corporation
 
General Merchandise Stores
The TJX Companies, Inc.
 
Apparel Retail
Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
 
Home Furnishing Retail
In fiscal year 2018, the Compensation Committee considered the pay practices and compensation levels of executives serving in similar positions at companies in our peer group when it determined the base salary adjustments, the change in the target payout levels under our annual incentive plan and the size and mix of equity awards granted, each as described below.
Base Salary
Annual base salaries compensate our executive officers for fulfilling the requirements of their respective positions and provide them with a level of cash income predictability and stability with respect to a portion of their total compensation. Generally, our NEOs’ initial base salaries were established through arms-length negotiation at the time the individual was hired, taking into account his or her qualifications, experience and prior salary level. Thereafter, the base salaries of our executive officers, including the NEOs, are reviewed periodically by the Compensation Committee and our CEO (except as to his own base salary), and adjustments are made as deemed appropriate. In connection with the IPO, the Compensation Committee approved base salary increases as part of the individual performance and salary review process for each of our NEOs.
We believe it is important to provide a competitive fixed level of pay to attract and retain experienced and successful executives. In determining the amount of base salary that each NEO receives, we look to the executive's current compensation, tenure, any change in the executive's position or responsibilities and the complexity and scope of the executive's position as compared to those of other executives within the Company and in similar positions at companies in our peer group. Base salaries are reviewed periodically by the Compensation Committee and may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to such review.

98



In fiscal year 2018, the Compensation Committee reviewed and increased the base salaries of the NEOs as follows: Mr. Baldwin to $1,300,000; Mr. Eddy to $725,000; Mr. Delaney to $750,000; Mr. Kessler to $500,000; and Mr. Poulliot to $450,000. Prior to this, our NEOs' base salaries reflected the Company's practices as a private company. In making the determination to increase the NEOs' 2018 base salaries, the Compensation Committee considered the level of base salaries of executives serving in similar roles and with comparable responsibilities at public companies within our peer group, as well as the positive relative to the median of his counterparts within the peer group companies. These base salaries became effective April 29, 2018.
In March 2019, the Compensation Committee approved Messrs. Baldwin, Eddy, Delaney, Kessler and Poulliot to receive increases to their base salaries, resulting in new base salaries of $1,350,000; $775,000, $800,000, $525,000 and $475,000, respectively, based on a benchmarking analysis provided by Exequity and reviewed by the Compensation Committee. The new base salaries will have an effective date of April 1, 2019. These increases were designed to maintain each NEO's base salary near the median of his or her counterparty within the peer group company's. No change to the Company's peer group was made from the preceding year.
Annual Incentive Plan
Our annual incentive plan rewards participants, including our NEOs, for their contributions towards specific annual financial goals. Each NEO's award opportunity under the annual cash incentive plan is based on a Company Adjusted EBITDA target. The Compensation Commitee establishes the Adjusted EBITDA target at or shortly after the beginning of the fiscal year.
We use "Adjusted EBITDA" to set our performance target under the Annual Incentive Plan, which we define as income from continuing operations before interest expense, net, provision (benefit) for income taxes and depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain other items, including compensatory payments related to options, stock-based compensation expense, preopening expenses, management fees, noncash rent, strategic consulting expenses, severance, asset retirement obligations and other adjustments. As Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure, reconciliation is provided in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Non-GAAP Financial Measures."
Each NEO's target annual cash incentive opportunity is expressed as a percentage of his or her base salary in effect at fiscal year-end and is based on peer group benchmark data and the scope of responsibility and impact the executive has on the Company's overall results. For fiscal year 2018, the Compensation Committee set the target payout levels as set forth in the table below. In fiscal year 2018 the Compensation Committee increased each of the NEO's target payout percentages for their fiscal year 2018 award to a level aimed to bring his or her potential total cash compensation approximately equal to the median of the annual total cash compensation paid to executives with similar roles and responsibilities at companies in our peer group.
The following table lists fiscal year 2018 target bonuses for our NEOs.
 
Named Executive Officer
Annual Incentive
Plan Target Bonus
(as a % of base salary)(1)
Christopher J. Baldwin
150%
Robert W. Eddy
100%
Lee Delaney
100%
Scott Kessler
70%
Brian Poulliot
70%
 
(1)
Fiscal year 2018 was 52 weeks long. Each executive’s target bonus was a percentage of their base salary as of February 2, 2019.

The Compensation Committee determined that the Adjusted EBITDA target with respect to fiscal year 2018 was exceeded and that the total bonus pool would correspondingly be increased by 1/3 the amount of Adjusted EBITDA achieved in excess of the Adjusted EBITDA target, which resulted in an achievement level of 113%. We determined that participants at the Senior Vice President level and up would not receive individual performance multipliers with respect to their award amounts, which resulted in a payment of 113% of their applicable target bonus to our NEOs for fiscal year 2018. Had the NEOs received individual performance multipliers, we believe they would have received bonuses equal to or in excess of 113% of their applicable target bonuses.


99



Equity Awards
We use non-qualified stock options as a key equity incentive vehicle to reward and retain our executive officers in a manner that best aligns their interests with the interests of our shareholders. We may also use restricted stock awards and other forms of equity incentives to motivate our executive officers and align their interests with the interests of our stockholders. Because our executive officers are able to benefit from non-qualified stock options only if the market price of our common stock increases relative to the option’s exercise price, we believe non-qualified stock options provide meaningful incentives to our executive officers to achieve increases in the value of our stock over time and are an effective tool for meeting our compensation goal of increasing long-term stockholder value by tying the value of the stock options to our future performance.

We currently sponsor the Fourth Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Option Plan of BJ's Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. (the "2011 Plan"), the 2012 Director Stock Option Plan of BJ's Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. (the "2012 Director Plan"), the 2018 Incentive Award Plan of BJ's Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. (the "2018 Plan") and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of BJ's Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc. (the "ESPP"). No further grants will be made under the 2011 Plan or the 2012 Director Plan, though existing awards remain outstanding. We adopted the 2018 Plan and the ESPP in connection with the IPO, and going forward, we may use stock options, restricted stock units, and other types of equity-based awards, as we deem appropriate, to offer our employees, including our NEOs, long-term equity incentives that align their interests with the long-term interests of our shareholders. The first offering period under the ESPP commenced on January 1, 2019.
Equity Award Decisions
Historically, when determining the amount and terms of equity compensation awards we considered, among other things, market information provided by Exequity, individual performance history, job scope, function, title, outstanding and unvested equity awards and comparable awards granted to other individuals at similar levels. The Compensation Committee has also drawn upon the experience of its members.
We granted equity awards to our NEOs in connection with the IPO during fiscal year 2018, as discussed below. Certain of these awards were considered one-time awards in recognition of the Company's performance leading up to the IPO (see "IPO Equity Awards" table below). The remaining awards were made to provide annual at-risk equity incentive compensation competitive with peer group companies (see "2018 Long-Term Equity Compensation Awards" tables below).
2018 Equity Compensation Awards
IPO Equity Awards
Name
 
Restricted Stock Awards (# of shares)
Stock Option Awards
(# of shares)
Christopher J. Baldwin
 
1,416,450
Robert W. Eddy
 
87,500
262,500
Lee Delaney
 
93,751
281,253
Scott Kessler
 
65,625
65,625
Brian Poulliot
 
65,625
65,625
2018 Long-Term Equity Compensation Awards
Name
 
Restricted Stock Awards (# of shares)
Stock Option Awards
(# of shares)
Christopher J. Baldwin
 
195,314
585,935
Robert W. Eddy
 
87,500
262,500
Lee Delaney
 
46,872
140,623
Scott Kessler
 
65,625
65,625
Brian Poulliot
 
65,625
65,625
Please see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table-Current Employment Arrangements” for further information on the equity awards granted to our NEOs in connection with the IPO and “2018 Incentive Plan” for further information on the equity awards granted in 2018.

100



Other Compensation Components
401(k) Plan
We have established a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including the NEOs, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, eligible employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the prescribed annual limit, and contribute these amounts to the 401(k) plan. This plan provides for Company matching contributions of 50% of the first 6% of an employee’s covered compensation.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan
We also have established an executive retirement plan (the “Executive Retirement Plan”), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, for certain key employees. Under this plan, we fund annual retirement contributions of the designated participant’s base salary into contribution accounts, in which participants become vested after four fiscal years of service. The Compensation Committee has discretion to choose the percentage of contributions made; however, such amount must be at least equal to 3% of the participant’s base salary. The participants under this plan also receive a tax gross-up for the Company’s contributions. Please see “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table” for further information on this plan.
 
Employee Benefits and Perquisites
Additional benefits received by our employees, including the NEOs, include medical and dental benefits, flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance. We also provide basic life insurance coverage to our employees, as well as executive life insurance to certain key executives, including our NEOs. Certain of our NEOs also receive a car allowance, and we reimburse certain financial counseling and estate planning expenses for certain executives, including our NEOs.
We design our employee benefits programs to be affordable and competitive in relation to the market, as well as compliant with applicable laws and practices. We adjust our employee benefits programs as needed based upon regular monitoring of applicable laws and practices in the competitive market.
We do not view perquisites or other personal benefits as a significant component of our executive compensation program. In the future, we may provide perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances, such as where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual executive officer in the performance of his or her duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective, and for recruitment, motivation or retention purposes. All future practices with respect to perquisites or other personal benefits for our NEOs will be approved and subject to periodic review by the Compensation Committee. We do not expect these perquisites to be a significant component of our compensation program.
Severance and Change in Control Benefits
We have entered into employment agreements with our NEOs, each of which has its own terms. The material elements of these employment agreements are summarized below under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table-Current Employment Agreements” and “-Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”
Tax and Accounting Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code
Generally, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, disallows a tax deduction to any publicly held corporation for any individual remuneration in excess of $1 million paid in any taxable year to certain “covered employees.” We expect to be eligible for transition relief from the Section 162(m) deduction limitation that should generally extend until our first shareholders meeting at which directors are elected in 2022.


101



To the extent that this transition relief expires or is otherwise unavailable, we expect that the Compensation Committee will consider the potential future effects of Section 162(m) on the deductibility of executive compensation paid to our NEOs. As such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our NEOs in the future, the Compensation Committee will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m). In appropriate circumstances, however, the Compensation Committee may implement programs that recognize a full range of criteria important to our success and to ensure that our executive officers are compensated in a manner consistent with our best interests and those of our stockholders, even where the compensation paid under such programs may not be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a tax deduction with respect to excess parachute payments to certain executives of companies which undergo a change in control. In addition, Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a 20% penalty on the individual receiving the excess payment. Parachute payments are compensation that is linked to or triggered by a change in control and may include, but are not limited to, bonus payments, severance payments, certain fringe benefits, and payments and acceleration of vesting from long-term incentive plans including stock options and other equity-based compensation. Excess parachute payments are parachute payments that exceed a threshold determined under Section 280G based on the executive’s prior compensation. In approving the compensation arrangements for our NEOs in the future, the Compensation Committee will consider all elements of the cost to the Company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 280G. However, the Compensation Committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation arrangements that could give rise to loss of deductibility under Section 280G and the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 when it believes that such arrangements are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code requires that “nonqualified deferred compensation” be deferred and paid under plans or arrangements that satisfy the requirements of the statute with respect to the timing of deferral elections, timing of payments and certain other matters. Failure to satisfy these requirements can expose employees and other service providers to accelerated income tax liabilities, penalty taxes and interest on their vested compensation under such plans. Accordingly, as a general matter, it is our intention to design and administer our compensation and benefits plans and arrangements for all of our employees and other service providers, including our NEOs, so that they are either exempt from, or satisfy the requirements of, Section 409A.
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
We follow Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (formerly known as FASB No. 123(R)), or ASC Topic 718, for our stock-based compensation awards. ASC Topic 718 requires companies to calculate the grant date “fair value” of their stock-based awards using a variety of assumptions. ASC Topic 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their stock-based awards in their income statements over the period that an employee is required to render service in exchange for the award. Grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards under our equity incentive award plans will be accounted for under ASC Topic 718. The Compensation Committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

102



Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During fiscal year 2018, the members of the Compensation Committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) were Messrs. Baldwin, Breitner, Seiffer and Steele. Christopher J. Baldwin serves as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Jonathan A. Seiffer is Senior Partner at Leonard Green and Cameron Breither is Partner at CVC. We are party to certain transactions with our Sponsors and affiliates thereof described in Part III. "Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence."
During fiscal year 2018, none of our executive officers served as a member of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

Compensation Tables

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our NEOs for fiscal years 2018 and 2017, as applicable:  
Name and Principal Position 
Fiscal Year
Salary(1) 
Bonus(2) 
Stock
Awards(3) 
Option
Awards(3) 
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(4)(5) 
All Other
Compensation
(6) 
Total
Christopher J. Baldwin
2018
$
1,230,769

$

$
35,458,808

$
3,134,752

$
2,203,500

$
28,935

$
42,056,764

Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer
2017
1,019,231




1,129,308

9,266,311

11,414,850

Robert W. Eddy
2018
686,923


3,850,000

2,774,625

819,250

100,996

8,231,794

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
2017
566,443

303,160



376,571

7,255,519

8,501,693

Lee Delaney
2018
722,308


3,093,706

2,220,474

847,500

13,492

6,897,480

Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer
2017
636,923

340,881



423,427

4,697,957

6,099,188

Scott Kessler
2018
490,385


2,887,500

693,656

395,500

3,746

4,470,787

Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Poulliot
2018
436,154


2,887,500

693,656

355,950

65,055

4,438,315

Executive Vice President, Chief Membership Officer
2017
394,904

211,353



262,532

3,212,737

4,081,526

 

(1)
This amount reflects salary earned during the fiscal year, including any salary adjustments made during the fiscal year.
(2)
This amount reflects one-time discretionary cash bonuses paid for extraordinary service in fiscal year 2017.
(3)
Amounts set forth in the Stock Awards and Option Awards columns represent the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted in fiscal year 2018 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Please see “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” for further information.
(4)
This amount reflects payments pursuant to our Annual Incentive Plan. Please see “Annual Company Performance-Based Cash Bonuses and One-Time Cash Bonuses” for further information on these bonuses.
(5)
The amounts to be paid pursuant to our Annual Incentive Plan with respect to fiscal year 2018 were determined in March 2019 and will be paid on March 22, 2019.














103



(6)
All Other Compensation for fiscal year 2018 includes:

 
Name
Executive
Retirement
Plan
Company
Contributions(a) 
Tax
Gross
Ups(b) 
Car
Allowance
Employer
401(k)
Matching
Contributions(c) 
Financial
Planning
Other(d) 
Total
Christopher J. Baldwin
$

$

$

$
9,250

$
3,875

$
15,810

$
28,935

Robert W. Eddy
35,408

26,712

15,374

9,250

10,000

4,252

100,996

Lee Delaney



8,250

3,000

2,242

13,492

Scott Kessler



236

1,245

2,265

3,746

Brian Poulliot
22,482

16,960

15,374

8,250


1,989

65,055

 
(a)
We contribute to the Executive Retirement Plan for certain of our NEOs. This amount reflects the company contributions to the Executive Retirement Plan. Under this plan, we fund annual retirement contributions of a certain percentage of the designated participant’s base salary into contribution accounts, in which participants become vested after four fiscal years of service.
(b)
Amounts reflect tax gross-ups provided under our Executive Retirement Plan.
(c)
Our 401(k) plan provides for Company matching contributions of 50% of the first 6% of an employee’s covered compensation. Company matching contributions vest ratably over an employee’s first four years of employment.
(d)
Amount includes (i) executive life insurance contributions of $7,369 for Mr. Baldwin, $4,102 for Mr. Eddy, $2,092 for Mr. Delaney, $2,116 for Mr. Kessler, and $1,838 for Mr. Poulliot, and (ii) legal services in an amount equal to $8,292 for Mr. Baldwin.
 

104




Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2018
The following table sets forth information regarding grants of plan-based awards made to our NEOs during fiscal year 2018:  
 
 
Estimated future payouts under
non-equity incentive plan awards 
All other
stock
awards:
Number of
shares of
stock or
units
 
All other
option
awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
options(2)  
 
Exercise
or base
price of
option
awards
($/SH) 
Grant date
fair value of
stock and
option
awards(3) 
Name
Grant date
Threshold
Target
Maximum
Christopher J. Baldwin
 
$

$
1,950,000

$
3,900,000

 

 
 

 
 

 

 
6/28/2018
 

 

 

1,416,450

(1) 
 

 
 

$
31,161,900

 
6/28/2018
 

 

 

195,314

 
 

 
 

4,296,908

 
6/27/2018
 

 

 

 

 
585,935

 
17.00

3,134,752

Robert W. Eddy
 

725,000

1,450,000

 

 
 

 
 

 

 
6/28/2018
 

 

 

87,500

(1) 
 

 
 

1,925,000

 
6/28/2018
 

 

 

87,500

 
 

 
 

1,925,000

 
6/27/2018
 

 

 

 

 
262,500

(2) 
17.00

1,370,250

 
6/27/2018
 

 

 

 

 
262,500

 
17.00

1,404,375

Lee Delaney
 

750,000

1,500,000

 

 
 

 
 

 

 
6/28/2018
 

 

 

93,751

(1) 
 

 
 

2,062,522

 
6/28/2018
 

 

 

46,872

 
 

 
 

1,031,184

 
6/27/2018
 

 

 

 

 
281,253

(2) 
17.00

1,468,141

 
6/27/2018
 

 

 

 

 
140,623

 
17.00

752,333

Scott Kessler
 

350,000

700,000

 

 
 

 
 

 

 
6/28/2018
 

 

 

65,625

(1) 
 

 
 

1,443,750

 
6/28/2018
 

 

 

65,625

 
 

 
 

1,443,750

 
6/27/2018
 

 

 

 

 
65,625

(2) 
17.00

342,563

 
6/27/2018
 

 

 

 

 
65,625

 
17.00

351,094

Brian Poulliot
 

315,000

630,000

 

 
 

 
 

 

 
6/28/2018
 

 

 

65,625

(1) 
 

 
 

1,443,750

 
6/28/2018
 

 

 

65,625

 
 

 
 

1,443,750

 
6/27/2018
 

 

 

 

 
65,625

(2) 
17.00

342,563

 
6/27/2018
 

 

 

 

 
65,625

 
17.00

351,094

 
(1)
Represents restricted stock awards granted in connection with the IPO. See 2018 Equity Compensation Awards tables above.
(2)
Represents stock option awards granted in connection with the IPO. See 2018 Equity Compensation Awards tables above.
(3)
Amounts represent the grant date fair value of each award granted in fiscal year 2018 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Please see “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” for further information.
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table
Current Employment Arrangements
We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our NEOs. The principal elements of these employment agreements are summarized below.

105



Christopher J. Baldwin
On September 1, 2015, BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. and Beacon Holding Inc. entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Baldwin, which was later amended on February 1, 2016 (the “CEO Employment Agreement”), pursuant to which Mr. Baldwin is employed as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to the CEO Employment Agreement, Mr. Baldwin is entitled to a base salary of $1,000,000 per year, subject to periodic increase from time to time as determined by the board of directors of the Company in its sole discretion, and an annual performance-based cash bonus with a target bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his annual base salary, payable based on goals established by the board of directors in its sole discretion. In connection with his transition to the role of Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Baldwin relocated to the Boston metropolitan area, and the Company agreed to pay him a relocation stipend equal to $125,000, net after applicable taxes, and reimbursed Mr. Baldwin up to $25,000 for reasonable expenses associated with Mr. Baldwin’s relocation. Pursuant to the CEO Employment Agreement, Mr. Baldwin is also subject to 12-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation covenants, as well as a perpetual confidentiality covenant.
Pursuant to the terms of the CEO Employment Agreement, the Company has certain obligations that become due in the event of termination. If Mr. Baldwin’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as described below) or by Mr. Baldwin for Good Reason (as described below), then in addition to any accrued amounts, subject to Mr. Baldwin entering into a binding and irrevocable release of claims, Mr. Baldwin is eligible to receive (i) an amount equal to the sum of (a) his base salary for a period of 12 months after termination and (b) his target annual cash bonus, payable in substantially equal installments in such manner and at such times as the Executive’s base salary was being paid immediately prior to such termination (or if such termination occurs upon or following the occurrence of a change in control, such amount will be paid in a single lump sum); (ii) an amount equal to the difference between Mr. Baldwin’s actual Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) premium costs and the amount Mr. Baldwin would have paid had he continued coverage as an employee under the Company’s applicable health plans for up to twelve months, (iii) if such termination occurs on or after July 1st of a fiscal year, a pro rata portion of the annual cash bonus to which Mr. Baldwin would have been entitled had he remained employed by the Company until the end of the fiscal year, and (iv) any other payments or benefits arising from Mr. Baldwin’s participation in other Company plans to the extent such plans provide for post-termination employment benefits.
Upon a termination due to death or disability, in addition to the accrued amounts, Mr. Baldwin is eligible to receive, subject to the execution of a release of claims, (i) the annual cash bonus he would have been entitled to receive had he remained employed until the end of the fiscal year (prorated for the period of active employment during the fiscal year), and (ii) any other payments or benefits arising from Mr. Baldwin’s participation in other Company plans to the extent such plans provide for post-termination employment benefits.
“Cause” refers to the Company’s termination of Mr. Baldwin’s employment because he has: (i) refused or willfully failed to devote his full normal working time, skills, knowledge, and abilities to the business of the Company and in promotion of its interests or he has failed to fulfill directives of the boards of the Company, (ii) engaged in activities involving dishonesty, willful misconduct, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation or material policy of the Company or breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) committed larceny, embezzlement, conversion or any other act involving the misappropriation of the Company’s funds or property, (iv) been convicted of any crime which reasonably could affect in an adverse manner the reputation of the Company or his ability to perform his duties hereunder, (v) been grossly negligent in the performance of his duties, or (vi) materially breached the employment agreement.
“Good Reason” means the occurrence, without Mr. Baldwin’s prior written consent, of any of: (i) any material adverse change by the Company in Mr. Baldwin’s title, duties, responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) or authority; (ii) Mr. Baldwin being required to relocate to a principal place of employment more than 50 miles from Mr. Baldwin’s principal place of employment with the Company on the effective date of the CEO Employment Agreement (other than any relocation to the Boston metropolitan area); (iii) the failure by the Company to reelect Mr. Baldwin as a member of the board of directors or the removal of Mr. Baldwin therefrom; (iv) the failure of the Company to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company to assume and agree to perform the CEO Employment Agreement; or (v) a material breach by the Company or one of its subsidiaries of the CEO Employment Agreement or any other agreement between Mr. Baldwin and either of the Company or one of its subsidiaries entered into in connection with the CEO Employment Agreement; provided, that, within 30 days after the occurrence of a Good Reason event, Mr. Baldwin must provide the Company notice of his intent to resign for Good Reason and the basis therefore and allow the Company 30 days to cure the circumstances (if curable), and his employment will terminate within 60 days following the expiration of the cure period.

106



CEO IPO Equity Award
In connection with the IPO, the Company entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Baldwin, dated as of March 27, 2018, as amended from time to time, pursuant to which the Company agreed to grant to Mr. Baldwin an award of 1,416,450 restricted shares of our common stock (the “Restricted Shares”), subject to the completion of the IPO. The Restricted Shares were granted on the completion of the IPO and are subject to the terms and conditions of the 2018 Plan (as described below) and a restricted stock agreement entered into between the Company and Mr. Baldwin. The Restricted Shares became fully vested on the 30th day following the IPO. The vested Restricted Shares (net of any shares surrendered to pay withholding taxes) continue to be subject to transfer restrictions and are subject to forfeiture for no consideration if Mr. Baldwin is terminated by us for cause or if he breaches his post-employment non-compete covenant with us. So long as Mr. Baldwin is not terminated by us for cause and he does not breach his post-employment non-compete covenant with us, the transfer and forfeiture non-compete restrictions on these Restricted Shares will lapse in equal installments commencing on the last day of each calendar month ending during the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on September 30, 2020 (regardless of whether Mr. Baldwin is employed by us on the applicable transfer lapse dates).
Mr. Baldwin elected to satisfy withholding tax obligations due upon vesting of the Restricted Shares by having the Company withhold a net number of shares subject to the Restricted Share award with a fair market value equal to the maximum statutory withholding tax obligations. In addition, pursuant to the restricted stock agreement, Mr. Baldwin agreed to comply with one-year post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation covenants, as well as perpetual confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants.
Robert Eddy, Lee Delaney, Scott Kessler and Brian Poulliot
BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. has entered into employment agreements with each of Mr. Eddy, dated as of January 30, 2011; Mr. Delaney, dated as of May 9, 2016; Mr. Kessler, dated as of May 30, 2017; and Mr. Poulliot, dated as of October 16, 2011. Pursuant to such agreements, Mr. Eddy serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Mr. Delaney serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer, Mr. Kessler serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer and Mr. Poulliot serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Membership Officer. The initial term of Mr. Eddy’s employment agreement was for a period of five years, ending on January 30, 2016, after which he was to remain employed by the Company subject to the termination provisions of his agreement; none of Messrs. Delaney’s, Kessler’s, or Poulliot’s employment agreements specified a term of employment. The annual base salaries initially established in their respective employment agreements for Messrs. Eddy, Delaney, Kessler and Poulliot were $560,000, $630,000, $450,000 and $390,000 respectively. Each of the executives is also subject to 24-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation covenants, as well as a perpetual confidentiality covenant.
Pursuant to each employment agreement, the Company has certain obligations that become due in the event of termination. If any of the executives are terminated by the Company without Cause (as described below), then in addition to any accrued amounts, subject to the executive entering into a binding and irrevocable release of claims, each executive is eligible to receive (i) a continuation of his base salary for a period of 24 months after termination, (ii) an amount equal to the difference between the executive’s actual COBRA premium costs and the amount the executive would have paid had he continued coverage as an employee under the Company’s applicable health plans for up to 24 months, (iii) a pro rata portion of any amounts the executive would have been entitled to receive under the Company’s annual incentive compensation plan had he remained employed by the Company until the end of the fiscal year during which termination occurred and (iv) any other payments or benefits arising from the executive’s participation in other Company plans to the extent such plans provide for post-termination employment benefits.
Upon a termination due to death or disability, in addition to the accrued amounts, subject to the execution of a release of claims, each of the executives is eligible to receive (i) the annual cash bonus the executive would have been entitled to receive had he remained employed until the end of the fiscal year (prorated for the period of active employment during the fiscal year), and (ii) any other payments or benefits arising from the executive’s participation in other Company plans to the extent such plans provide for post-termination employment benefits.
As used in each such employment agreement, “Cause” has substantially the same meaning as used in the CEO Employment Agreement.

107



Outstanding Equity Awards as of February 2, 2019
The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer for fiscal year 2018:
 
 
Options Awards 
 
Stock Awards 
Name 
Grant Date 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable 
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Unearned
Options
Option
Exercise
Price 
Option
Expiration
Date 
 
Grant Date 
Number
of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested 
Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested(9) 
Christopher J. Baldwin
09/08/2015(1)
157,500



$5.72

09/08/2025
 
06/28/2018(7)
195,314
$
5,169,962

 
03/24/2016(2)
504,250


163,338

5.72

03/24/2026
 
 
 
 

 
06/27/2018(7)

585,935


17.00

06/27/2028
 
 
 
 

Robert W. Eddy
09/30/2011(3)
261,367



1.79

09/30/2021
 
06/28/2018(7)
87,500
$
2,316,125

 
09/20/2016(4)
224,000


56,000

5.72

09/20/2026
 
 
 
 

 
06/27/2018(7)

262,500


17.00

06/27/2028
 
 
 
 

 
06/27/2018(8)
262,500

 


17.00

06/27/2028
 
 
 
 

Lee Delaney
05/09/2016(5)
171,502

105,000

70,000

5.72

05/09/2026
 
06/28/2018(7)
46,872
$
1,240,702

 
09/20/2016(4)
112,000


28,000

5.72

09/20/2026
 
 
 
 

 
06/27/2018(7)

140,623


17.00

06/27/2028
 
 
 
 

 
06/27/2018(8)
281,253



17.00

06/27/2028
 
 
 
 

Scott Kessler
06/05/2017(6)
113,314


 

7.00

06/05/2027
 
06/28/2018(7)
65,625
$
1,737,094

 
06/27/2018(7)

65,625


17.00

06/27/2028
 
 
 
 

 
06/27/2018(8)
65,625



17.00

06/27/2028
 
 
 
 

Brian Poulliot
09/26/2012(3)
98,275


 

4.26

09/26/2022
 
06/28/2018(7)
65,625
$
1,737,094

 
09/20/2016(4)
65,800


16,450

5.72

09/20/2026
 
 
 
 

 
12/05/2016(4)
128,000


42,000

7.00

12/05/2026
 
 
 
 

 
06/27/2018(7)

65,625


17.00

06/27/2028
 
 
 
 

 
06/27/2018(8)
65,625



17.00

06/27/2028
 
 
 
 

 
(1)
10% of the option vested on December 31, 2015, 30% of the option vested on December 31, 2016, 30% of the option vested on December 31, 2017 and the remaining portion of the option vested on December 31, 2018. Such option is now fully vested.
(2)
30% of the option is time-vesting and the remaining 70% of the option is performance-vesting. The time-vesting portion of the option vests as follows: 1/7th of the time-vesting option vested on July 1, 2016 and the remaining 6/7ths of the time-vesting option vested in equal ratable installments on the last calendar day of each month from July 2016 to December 2018. The performance-vesting portion of the option vests in three equal ratable installments upon the determination of EBITDA for fiscal year 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively based on achievement of specified EBITDA targets. The fiscal year 2016 installment vested, the fiscal year 2017 installment vested and, following the end of fiscal year 2018, the fiscal year 2018 installment vested.
(3)
60% of the option vested in five equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of September 30, 2011, subject to the executive’s continued employment by us. The remaining 40% of the option was scheduled to vest on or within 120 days following January 31 of each fiscal year 2012 through 2016, if the EBITDA as of such January 31 equaled or exceeded a specified EBITDA target. Such option is now fully vested.
(4)
60% of the option is time-vesting and the remaining 40% of the option is performance-vesting. 30% of the option vested on September 30, 2017 (December 5, 2017 for Mr. Poulliot’s December 2016 grant), and 30% of the option vested on September 30, 2018 (December 5, 2018 for Mr. Poulliot’s December 2016 grant). 20% of the option vested following the end of the 2017 fiscal year because of the Company’s achievement of its EBITDA target for fiscal year 2017. The remaining 20% of the option vested upon the achievement of a specified EBITDA target for fiscal year 2018. Please see “Long-Term Equity Incentives” for further information on acceleration provisions for these option grants.
(5)
60% of the option is time-vesting and the remaining 40% of the option is performance-vesting. One-third of the time-vesting portion of the option vests on May 9th of each year from 2017 through 2019, subject to the executive’s continued employment by us. Two-thirds of the time-vesting portion of the option has now vested. One-third of the performance-vesting portion of the option vests on or within 120 days following the last day of each of the fiscal years 2016 through 2018 if the EBITDA for such fiscal year equals or exceeds the EBITDA target for such year. The fiscal year 2016 installment vested and following the end of fiscal year 2017, the fiscal year 2017 installment vested. Upon a termination of employment by the Company

108



without Cause or the executive for Good Reason, or due to the executive’s death or disability, in each case, during the three-month period immediately prior to any May 9th on which a time-vesting installment is eligible to vest, a pro-rated percentage of the option will vest. Please see “Long-Term Equity Incentives” for further information on acceleration provisions for these option grants.
(6)
The option vested in monthly installments from June 2017 to May 2018 and is now fully vested.
(7)
The option and restricted stock grants vest in three equal ratable installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the executive’s continued employment with us.
(8)
The option vested on July 27, 2018 but is subject to transferability restrictions that lapse as follows: two-thirds on the first anniversary of the grant and one third on the second anniversary of the grant.
(9)
Market values reflect the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE on February 1, 2019 (the last business day of fiscal year 2018), which was $26.47.

Fiscal Year 2018 Option Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table summarizes stock option exercises by and vesting of stock applicable to our NEOs during fiscal year 2018:
 
 
Option Awards 
 
Stock Awards 
Name 
Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise
Value Realized on Exercise(1)
 
Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting(2)
Value Realized on Vesting
Christopher J. Baldwin
399,912

$
7,836,266

 
1,416,450

$
31,161,900

Robert W. Eddy
286,943

6,731,991

 
87,500

1,925,000

Lee Delaney
178,498

3,457,506

 
93,751

2,062,522

Scott Kessler
61,686

1,115,900

 
65,625

1,443,750

Brian Poulliot
150,605

3,088,426

 
65,625

1,443,750

 
(1)
Represents the difference between the closing stock price on the NYSE on the day preceding the exercise date and the option exercise price multiplied by the number of shares acquired on exercise.
(2)
Includes shares withheld to pay taxes on the restricted stock grant.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
The following table provides information regarding our Executive Retirement Plan for fiscal year 2018:
 
Name
Executive contributions in the last fiscal year
Company contributions in last fiscal year(1)
 
Aggregate earnings in last fiscal year
Aggregate withdrawals/distributions
Aggregate balance at last fiscal year end
Christopher J. Baldwin
$

$
63,442

(2) 
$
(816
)
$

$
118,510

Robert W. Eddy

35,408

 
1,835


355,065

Lee Delaney

37,23

(2) 
(518
)

54,334

Scott Kessler

25,278

(2) 
(621
)

15,310

Brian Poulliot

22,482

 
(549
)

129,697

 
(1)
Company contributions in the last fiscal year are also reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2)
Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney and Kessler have not yet accrued four years of credited service. However, we have elected to make Annual Retirement Contributions on behalf of Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney and Kessler. If Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney and Kessler terminate employment prior to achieving four years of credited service, such officer will forfeit all Company contributions previously made on his behalf under the plan. Because these amounts have not yet vested and are subject to forfeiture if employment for any one of Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney and Kessler is terminated prior to achieving four years of credited service, the amounts have not been included as compensation in our current Summary Compensation Table. We expect that in the year Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney and Kessler, as applicable, achieves four years of credited service, all Company contributions to date under the Executive Retirement Plan and all related tax gross-ups will be included in the Summary Compensation Table for such year. For further information, please see “Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan.”

109



Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan
We maintain a non-qualified executive retirement plan in which a select group of our management and highly compensated employees are eligible to participate. Participants are selected by the Compensation Committee and are entitled to company contributions within 60 days of fiscal year end under the plan (the “Annual Retirement Contribution”) if they are actively employed by the Company on the last day of a plan year or if they are terminated prior to the end of the plan year due to (i) retirement on or after the attainment of age 55 or (ii) disability. Each year the Company makes an Annual Retirement Contribution to each participant under this plan with at least four years of credited service in an amount equal to at least 3% of the participant’s after tax base salary earned for such year. Annual Retirement Contributions to participants with at least four years of service are considered taxable income to the participants, and we make an additional tax gross-up contribution to each of these participants each year. For participants with less than four years of service by the end of the applicable plan year, the participant will accrue the right to an Annual Retirement Contribution each year, and, subject to continued employment, in the plan year in which the participant is first credited with four years of service, the Company will make an aggregate retirement contribution on behalf of the participant equal to the amount of the Annual Retirement Contribution for the applicable plan year and the previous three plan years (along with a tax gross-up contribution). Notwithstanding the foregoing, we have elected to make Annual Retirement Contributions on behalf of Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney and Kessler, though they have not yet achieved four years of credited service. If the employment of Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney or Kessler is terminated prior to achieving four years of credited service, such officer will forfeit any Company contributions made under the plan. No tax gross up payments will be made to each of Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney and Kessler when each achieves four years of credited service. Tax gross up payments will be made to each of Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney and Kessler when each achieves four years of credited service. Upon a change of control, each participant with less than four years of credited service will become fully vested in any benefit accrued under the plan, and each participant will receive an Annual Retirement Contribution for the year in which the change of control occurs.
Participants generally may elect to invest their balance under the Executive Retirement Plan in a variety of different tax-deferred investment vehicles. However, the Company selects the investments with respect to Annual Retirement Contributions made on behalf of Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney and Kessler since they have not yet achieved four years of credited service.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
As discussed above, we have entered into employment agreements and option agreements with our NEOs, which provide for certain payments upon a qualifying termination of employment or a change in control.

110



Summary of Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control
The following table summarizes the payments that would be made to our NEOs upon the occurrence of a qualifying termination of employment or change in control, assuming that each named executive officer’s termination of employment with the Company or a change in control occurred on February 1, 2019. Amounts shown do not include (i) accrued but unpaid salary through the date of termination, and (ii) other benefits earned or accrued by the named executive officer during his or her employment that are available to all salaried employees, such as accrued vacation.
 
Name 
Benefit 
Termination without Cause
Termination due to death or Disability
Change in Control
Qualifying Termination without cause in connection with a Change in Control
Christopher J. Baldwin
Severance Benefit(1)
$
3,250,000

$

$

$
2,600,000

 
Continuation of Health Benefits(2)
35,451



35,451

 
Value of Accelerated Stock Options(3)


3,389,264

14,108,030

 
Annual Bonus(4)

1,950,000



 
Other(7)



364,213

Robert W. Eddy
Severance Benefit(5)
1,450,000



1,450,000

 
Continuation of Health Benefits(6)
35,451



35,451

 
Value of Accelerated Stock Options(3)


1,162,000

5,964,000

 
Annual Bonus(4)
725,000

725,000



 
Other(7)



65,563

Lee Delaney
Severance Benefit(5)
1,500,000



1,500,000

 
Continuation of Health Benefits(6)
33,103



33,103

 
Value of Accelerated Stock Options(3)


4,212,250

6,784,652

 
Annual Bonus(4)
750,000

750,000



 
Other(7)



191,720

Scott Kessler
Severance Benefit(5)
1,000,000



1,000,000

 
Continuation of Health Benefits(6)
34,302



34,302

 
Value of Accelerated Stock Options(3)



2,358,563

 
Annual Bonus(4)
350,000

350,000



 
Other(7)



95,955

Brian Poulliot
Severance Benefit(5)
900,000



900,000

 
Continuation of Health Benefits(6)
35,451



35,451

 
Value of Accelerated Stock Options(3)


1,159,078

3,517,640

 
Annual Bonus(4)
315,000

315,000



 
Other(7)



40,695

 
(1)
Such amount includes twelve months’ base salary and the executive’s target annual cash bonus, payable in substantially equal installments for twelve months after termination and in a single lump sum in respect of a qualifying termination occurring on or following a change in control. This amount is also payable upon a termination by Mr. Baldwin for Good Reason.
(2)
Such amount includes the difference between the executive’s actual COBRA premium costs and the amount the executive would have paid had he continued coverage as an employee under the Company’s applicable health plans for twelve months. This amount is also payable upon a termination by Mr. Baldwin for Good Reason.
(3)
Includes options and shares of restricted stock. The value of unvested options was calculated by multiplying the number of shares underlying unvested options by $26.47, the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE on February 1, 2019 (the last trading day prior to February 2, 2019), and then deducting the aggregate exercise price for the options. The value of unvested shares of restricted stock was calculated by multiplying the number of shares of unvested restricted stock by $26.47. Please see “Long-Term Equity Incentives” for further information on the accelerated vesting provisions of our option grants.
(4)
This amount reflects a pro rata portion of the annual cash bonus to which the executive would have been entitled had he remained employed by the Company until the end of the fiscal year. This amount is also payable upon a termination of Mr. Baldwin for Good Reason.

111



(5)
Such amount includes 24 months’ base salary, payable in substantially equal installments for 24 months after termination.
(6)
Such amount includes the difference between the executive’s actual COBRA premium costs and the amount the executive would have paid had he continued coverage as an employee under the Company’s applicable health plans for twenty-four months.
(7)
This amount reflects the value of the Annual Retirement Contribution under the executive retirement plan for each of the NEOs except for Messrs. Baldwin, Delaney and Kessler. For Mr. Baldwin the amount reflects the value of the Annual Retirement Contribution and accelerated vesting under the executive retirement plan ($359,711) and the value of accelerated vesting under the 401(k) plan ($4,502). For Mr. Delaney the amount reflects the value of the Annual Retirement Contribution and the accelerated vesting under the executive retirement plan ($187,794) and the value of accelerated vesting under the 401(k) plan ($3,927). For Mr. Kessler the amount reflects the value of the Annual Retirement Contribution and accelerated vesting under the executive retirement plan ($95,784) and the value of accelerated vesting under the 401(k) plan ($171). Please see “Non-Qualified Executive Retirement Plan” for further information on the Annual Retirement Contributions.
Director Compensation
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our non-employee directors during fiscal year 2018:
 
Name
Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash(1) 
Stock
Awards(2)(6)
Total
Cameron Breitner
$

$

$

Nishad Chande



J. Kristopher Galashan



Lars Haegg



Ken Parent
86,042

139,986

226,028

Christopher H. Peterson
9,167

72,484

81,651

Jonathan A. Seiffer



Laura Sen(3)



Christopher J. Stadler(4)



Robert Steele
91,875

139,986

231,861

Judith L. Werthauser
21,250

91,268

112,518

Tommy Yin(5)



 
(1)
Mr. Baldwin serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as Chairman of our board of directors. His compensation is fully reflected in the Summary Compensation Table, and, therefore, he is not included in the Director Compensation table.
(2)
Amounts set forth represent the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted in fiscal year 2018 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Please see “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” for further information.
(3)
Ms. Sen resigned as a member of our board of directors on March 29, 2018.
(4)
Mr. Stadler resigned as a member of our board of directors on October 31, 2018.
(5)
Mr. Yin resigned as a member of our board of directors on December 18, 2018.
(6)
As of the end of fiscal year 2018, Mr. Parent and Mr. Steele held 35,004 and 18,900 outstanding options in the company, respectively.
Messrs. Breitner, Chande, Galashan, Haegg, Seiffer, Stadler and Yin are affiliates of our Sponsors and did not receive any compensation from us for their services as non-employee directors. None of our other non-employee directors held any outstanding options in the Company.
Narrative Disclosure to Director Compensation Table
We historically have compensated non-employee members of our board of directors who are not affiliated with our Sponsors for their service as directors in the form of a retainer of $70,000 per year and a grant of nonqualified stock options. In fiscal year 2018, each non-employee member of our board of directors was paid the prorated amount of $70,000 up until the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, as described below, was adopted. We did not grant any nonqualified stock option awards to non-employee members of our board of directors in fiscal year 2018 prior to the adoption of the policy.

112



In connection with the IPO, our board of directors adopted the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, the Director Stock Ownership Guidelines, and the Executive Stock Ownership Guidelines, pursuant to which each independent director will receive an annual cash retainer of $85,000 and an annual equity grant with a fair market value on the date of grant of $140,000 per year. The equity grant will either be in the form of RSUs that vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, deferred shares or stock grants. Eligible non-employee directors will be entitled to receive such equity grants as of the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders in 2019. A non-employee director serving as a lead independent director will receive an additional annual retainer of $30,000. Committee chairs and committee members will also receive additional cash retainers for their service. The chairs of the audit committee, Compensation Committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will receive additional retainers of $25,000, $20,000 and $15,000 per year, respectively. Members of the audit committee, Compensation Committee and nominating and corporate governance committee (other than the chair) will receive additional retainers of $12,500, $10,000 and $7,500 per year, respectively. Retainers are to be paid in quarterly installments. The board also adopted the Director Stock Ownership Guidelines, and the Executive Stock Ownership Guidelines, pursuant to which independent directors are required to own equity in the Company at least equal to 5 times their retainer within five years and executive officers are required to own equity in the Company equal to at least one to five times their annual base salary depending on their position. The Company also reimburses those directors for any travel or other business expenses related to their service as a director.
Nishad Chande was appointed to our board of directors in May 2018. He is affiliated with our Sponsors, and, therefore, he does not receive any compensation for his service as a non-employee director.
Effective September 4, 2018, the Company granted Ken Parent and Robert Steele an award of restricted stock units under the 2018 Plan with a fair market value on the date of grant of $140,000. Such awards were intended to compensate Mr. Parent and Mr. Steele for their service on our board of directors from the period commencing on the date of the IPO through the date of the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders in 2019, and were equivalent to the annual equity grants provided for in the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy. The fair value of such awards was based on the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE on September 4, 2018, which was $30.15. Each award will vest on the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the date of grant or immediately prior to the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders in 2019.
Judith L. Werthauser was appointed to the Board in November 2018. She is not affiliated with our Sponsors, and, therefore, will receive compensation for her service as a director and for serving as chair of our Nominating and Governance Committee. She has been designated as a Class I director. Effective October 30, 2018 the Board granted Ms. Werthauser an award of restricted stock units under the 2018 Plan. The award is equivalent to the prorated annual equity grant provided for in the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy based on Ms. Werthauser’s commencement of service. The fair market value of such award was based on the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE on November 1, 2018, which was $22.58. The award will vest on the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the grant date or immediately prior to the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders in 2019.
 
Christopher H. Peterson was appointed to the Board in December 2018. He is not affiliated with our Sponsors, and, therefore, will receive compensation for his service as a director and for serving as chair of our Audit Committee. He has been designated as a Class I director. On December 19, 2018, the Board granted Mr. Peterson an award of restricted stock units under the 2018 Plan, effective January 31, 2019. The award is equivalent to the prorated annual equity grant provided for in the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, based on Mr. Peterson’s commencement of service. The fair market value of such award was based on the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE on January 31, 2019, which was $26.31. The award will vest on the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the grant date or immediately prior to the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders in 2019.
Non-Executive Chairman Agreement with Laura Sen
On January 6, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement, effective as of January 31, 2016, with Ms. Sen who previously served as our chief executive officer, effective as of January 31, 2016, pursuant to which Ms. Sen would serve as the non-executive chairman of our board of directors. The term of Ms. Sen’s service under the agreement was for a period of two years beginning on January 31, 2016. Ms. Sen was entitled to a base salary of $1,050,625 per year, and an annual cash bonus with respect to the fiscal year ending on January 31, 2016. Ms. Sen was also subject to 24-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation covenants commencing on the effective date of such agreement. Ms. Sen resigned from our board of directors on March 29, 2018.

113



Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information for the fiscal year 2018 regarding compensation plans under which our equity securities were authorized for issuance:
 
Plan Category 
Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights 
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights  
 
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
5,862,877

(1) 
10.78

(2) 
8,572,846

(3) 
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

 

 

 
Total
5,862,877

 

 
8,572,846

 
 
(1)
Consists of 5,846,794 options granted under the 2011 Plan, 2012 Director Plan and 2018 Plan and 16,083 restricted stock units granted under the 2018 Plan to non-employee members of our board of directors.
(2)
The restricted stock units do not have an exercise price.
(3)
Remaining shares available for issuance under the 2018 Plan.     

114



Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 15, 2019, or the Determination Date by:

each person or entity who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

each of our directors and named executive officers; and

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.  

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial” owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the individuals and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them, subject to any applicable community property laws.
The percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 137,830,842 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 15, 2019. Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 15, 2019 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group.
Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each person or entity listed below is c/o BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings, Inc., 25 Research Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581.

115



Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Number of Shares Beneficially Owned
 
Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned
5% Stockholders
 
 
 
 
CVC Beacon LP(1)
 
18,727,024

 
13.6
%
Green Equity Investors V, L.P. and Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P.(2)
 
18,727,024

 
13.6
%
FMR, LLC(3)
 
13,905,704

 
10.1
%
The Vanguard Group(4)
 
7,748,903

 
5.6
%
Directors and Named Executive Officers
 
 
 
 
Christopher J. Baldwin(5)
 
1,992,213

 
1.4
%
Robert W. Eddy(6)
 
972,180

 
*

Lee Delaney(7)
 
870,866

 
*

Scott Kessler(8)
 
263,931

 
*

Brian Poulliot(9)
 
461,142

 
*

Cameron Breitner
 

 
*

Nishad Chande
 

 
*

J. Kristofer Galashan
 
18,727,024

 
13.6
%
Lars Haegg
 

 
*

Ken Parent(10)
 
35,004

 
*

Christopher H. Peterson
 

 
*

Jonathan A. Seiffer
 
18,727,024

 
13.6
%
Robert Steele(11)
 
18,900

 
*

Judith L. Werthauser
 

 
*

All other Executive Officers and Directors
 
 
 
 
Jeff Desroches
 
311,810

 
*

Laura L. Felice
 
176,548

 
*

Caroline Glynn
 
80,598

 
*

Graham Luce
 
49,577

 
*

Rafeh Masood
 
127,931

 
*

Kirk Saville
 
37,436

 
*

Kristyn M, Sugrue
 
86,019

 
*

William C. Werner
 
209,896

 
*

All executive officers and directors as a group (22 persons)(12)
 
24,421,075

 
17.7
%
*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

(1)
The shares are held of record by CVC Beacon LP. CVC Beacon GP LLC is the general partner of CVC Beacon LP. CVC European Equity V Limited is the managing member of CVC Beacon GP LLC. Investment and voting power with regard to shares held of record by CVC Beacon LP rests with the Board of Directors of CVC European Equity V Limited, which consists of James Culshaw, Carl Hansen and Fred Watt, with address c/o CVC European Equity V Limited, 1 Waverley Place, Union Street, St Helier, Jersey JE1 1SG. As such, each of these entities and individuals may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by CVC Beacon LP. Each of Messrs, Culshaw, Hansen and Watt disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by CVC Beacon LP.

(2)
Voting and investment power with respect to the shares of our common stock held by Green Equity Investors V, L.P. and Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P. (collectively, “Green V”) is shared. Voting and investment power may also be deemed to be shared with certain affiliated entities and investors (collectively comprising less than 1.5% of our outstanding common stock) whose holdings are included in the above amount. Messrs. Seiffer and Galashan may also be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to such shares due to their positions with affiliates of Green V, and each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Each of the foregoing individuals’ address is c/o Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 2000, Los Angeles, California 90025.

116




(3)
FMR LLC reports sole voting power with respect to 555,462 shares and sole dispositive power with respect to 20,525,494 shares.  Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer of FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders' voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders' voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act ("Fidelity Funds") advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company ("FMR Co"), a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds' Boards of Trustees. FMR Co carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds' Boards of Trustees. The address for FMR LLC is 245 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. The number of shares we have reported as beneficially owned by FMR LLC and its affiliates (and the other information in this footnote) is based on a Schedule 13G/A filed by FMR LLC with the SEC on February 13, 2019 reporting beneficial ownership as of December 31, 2018.

(4)
The Vanguard Group Inc. or Vanguard, has sole voting power with respect to 116,832 shares and shared voting power with respect to 11,435 shares.  Vanguard has sole dispositive power with respect to 7,628,566 shares and shared dispositive power with respect to 120,337 shares.  Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company  and Vanguard Investments Australia, Ltd., which are each wholly-owned subsidiaries of Vanguard, are the beneficial owners of  108,902 and 19,365 shares, respectively.  The principal business address of Vanguard and its related entities is 100 Vanguard Blvd., Malvern, PA 19355.  The number of shares we have reported as beneficially owned by Vanguard (and the other information in this footnote) is based on Schedule 13G filed by Vanguard with the SEC on February 11, 2019 reporting beneficial ownership as of December 31, 2018.

(5)
Consists of (a) 170,737 shares of common stock held by the Christopher J. Baldwin Irrevocable Trust dated September 26, 2016, of which Mr. Baldwin’s spouse, Linda B. Baldwin, is trustee, (b) 849,696 shares of common stock held by The Christopher J. Baldwin Grantor Retained Annuity Trust and (c) an aggregate of 971,780 shares of (i) unvested restricted stock (which may be forfeited based on satisfaction of the applicable vesting conditions) and (ii) common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or options that will become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table.

(6)
Consists of (a) 2,000 shares of common stock held by his minor children, (b) 86,324 shares of common stock held by the Robert W. Eddy November 2018 GRAT, (c) 52,489 shares of common stock held by Robert W. Eddy November 2018 GRAT II and (d) an aggregate of 831,367 shares of (i) unvested restricted stock (which may be forfeited based on satisfaction of the applicable vesting conditions) and (ii) common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or options that will become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table.

(7)
Consists of (a) 56,239 shares of common stock and (b) 814,627 shares of (i) unvested restricted stock (which may be forfeited based on satisfaction of the applicable vesting conditions) and (ii) common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or options that will become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table.

(8)
Consists of (a) 39,367 shares of common stock and (b) 224,564 shares of (i) unvested restricted stock (which may be forfeited based on satisfaction of the applicable vesting conditions) and (ii) common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or options that will become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table.

(9)
Consists of (a) 39,367 shares of common stock and (b) 421,775 shares of (i) unvested restricted stock (which may be forfeited based on satisfaction of the applicable vesting conditions) and (ii) common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or options that will become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table.

(10)
Includes shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or options that will become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table.

(11)
Includes shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or options that will become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table.

(12)
Consists of (a) 20,162,497 shares of common stock and (b) 4,258,578 shares of (i) unvested restricted stock (which may be forfeited based on satisfaction of the applicable vesting conditions) and (ii) common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options or options that will become exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table.

117



Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence
Transactions with Related Persons
Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
On September 30, 2011, and in connection with the acquisition of the Company by the Sponsors, the Company and the Sponsors entered into the Stockholders Agreement. The Stockholders Agreement contained, among other things, certain restrictions on the ability of such Sponsors to freely transfer shares of our stock. It also provided that each of the Sponsors has the right to nominate at least one individual for election to our board, and each party to the stockholders’ agreement agrees to vote all of their shares to elect such individual to our board. The Stockholders Agreement also provided for demand and piggyback registration rights as described below. The provisions of the Stockholders Agreement (subject to the survival of certain obligations, such as those relating to registration rights described below) were terminated upon consummation of the IPO.
Upon the consummation of the IPO, we amended and restated the Stockholders Agreement to eliminate certain provisions thereof (but maintaining those related to the registration rights, which are described below), and to provide that the Sponsors will coordinate sales with each other in situations where piggyback rights are not otherwise applicable such that, subject to certain exceptions and certain minimum ownership thresholds, the Sponsors will be provided notice of, and the opportunity to participate in, each other’s dispositions on a pro rata basis. Each of the Sponsors are entitled, subject to certain exceptions to demand registrations and to cause us to engage in an underwritten offering or other public sale of their shares. We are not required to effect any registration if the anticipated gross offering price of the shares of registered securities would be less than (i) $25 million in any offering registered on Form S-1, or (ii) $5 million in any offering registered on Form S-3. Management stockholders who are party to the Management Stockholders Agreement are also entitled to piggyback rights in connection with registered public offerings.
Voting Agreement
We have entered into a Voting Agreement with the Sponsors. The Voting Agreement contains specific rights, obligations and agreements of these parties as owners of our common stock. Under the Voting Agreement, the Sponsors agreed to take all necessary action, including casting all votes to which such members are entitled to cast at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, so as to ensure that the composition of our board of directors and its committees complies with the provisions of the Voting Agreement related to the composition of our board of directors and its committees, which are discussed under Part III. "Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Management Stockholders Agreement
On September 30, 2011, and in connection with the acquisition of the Company by the Sponsors, Beacon Holding Inc. (the “Company”), Green Equity Investors V, L.P., Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P., Beacon Coinvest LLC and certain management stockholders entered into a stockholders agreement (the “Management Stockholders Agreement”). The Management Stockholders Agreement provided for customary call rights, put rights, stock pre-emptive rights, stock co-sale rights and drag-along rights, as well as piggyback registration rights as described below. At the completion of the IPO, the provisions of the Management Stockholders Agreement (other than those granting piggyback registration rights) terminated.
Management Services Agreement
On September 30, 2011, and in connection with the acquisition of the Company by the Sponsors, the Company entered into a management services agreement with the advisory affiliates of the Sponsors, pursuant to which the Sponsors agreed to provide certain management and financial services.The management services agreement with the Sponsors terminated without any termination payment automatically upon the closing of the IPO, subject to the survival of certain obligations, including as to indemnification. The final payment due to the sponsors under this management service agreement was waived.


118



Other Relationships
One of our suppliers, Advantage Solutions Inc., is controlled by affiliates of the Sponsors. Advantage Solutions Inc. is principally a provider of in-club product demonstration and sampling services, and we also engage them from time to time to provide ancillary support services, including for example, seasonal gift wrapping, on-floor sales assistance and display maintenance. In fiscal year 2018, we incurred costs of approximately $43.9 million. The demonstration and sampling service fees are fully funded by our merchandise vendors who participate in the program.
We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described in this section were comparable to terms available or amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arms’-length transactions with parties unrelated to us.
Indemnification Agreements
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in our amended and restated bylaws. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements provide the indemnitees with contractual rights to indemnification, and expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.
There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers for which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or executive officer.
Policies and Procedures on Transactions with Related Persons
Our board of directors recognizes that transactions with related persons present a heightened risk of conflicts of interests and/or improper valuation (or the perception thereof). Our board has adopted a written policy on transactions with related persons that is in conformity with the requirements for issuers having publicly-held common stock listed on the NYSE. Our related person transaction policy requires that the audit committee approve or ratify related person transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K (which are transactions in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any “related person” as defined under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K had or will have a direct or indirect material interest). It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest. Each of the transactions described above entered into following the adoption of our related person transaction policy was approved in accordance with such policy.
Director Independence
Information regarding our directors’ independence is described under Part III. “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.”



119



Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees incurred by us for the fiscal years shown:

 
 
2018
2017
Audit Fees(1)
 
$
4,466,438

$
1,419,394

Audit-Related Fees(2)
 


Tax Fees(3)
 
285,420

149,369

All other fees(4)
 

190,000

Total Fees
 
$
4,751,858

$
1,758,763


(1)
Audit Fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our consolidated annual financial statements and review of the interim consolidated financial statements included in quarterly reports and services that are normally provided by the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements. In 2017, the fees consist of procedures performed in preparation for the Company's IPO, and mentioning leasing implementation, IPO and second/third transaction fees included in the 2018 audit fees.
(2)
Audit-Related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our consolidated financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees”.
(3)
Tax Fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning (domestic and international). These services include assistance regarding federal and state tax compliance; tax planning and compliance work.
(4)
All fees paid that are appropriately not included in the Audit, Audit Related, and Tax categories.
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
The formal written charter for our audit committee requires that the audit committee pre-approve all audit services to be provided to us, whether provided by our principal auditor or other firms, and all other services (review, attest and non-audit) to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm, other than de minimis non-audit services approved in accordance with applicable SEC rules.
The audit committee has adopted a pre-approval policy that sets forth the procedures and conditions pursuant to which audit and non-audit services proposed to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm may be pre-approved. This pre-approval policy generally provides that the audit committee will not engage an independent registered public accounting firm to render any audit, audit-related, tax or permissible non-audit service unless the service is either (i) explicitly approved by the audit committee or (ii) entered into pursuant to the pre-approval policies and procedures described in the pre-approval policy. Unless a type of service to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm has received this latter general pre-approval under the pre-approval policy, it requires specific pre-approval by the audit committee.
On an annual basis, the audit committee reviews and generally pre-approves the services (and related fee levels or budgeted amounts) that may be provided by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm without first obtaining specific pre-approval from the audit committee. The audit committee may revise the list of general pre-approved services from time to time, based on subsequent determinations. Any member of the audit committee to whom the committee delegates authority to make pre-approval decisions must report any such pre-approval decisions to the audit committee at its next scheduled meeting. If circumstances arise where it becomes necessary to engage the independent registered public accounting firm for additional services not contemplated in the original pre-approval categories or above the pre-approved amounts, the audit committee requires pre-approval for such additional services or such additional amounts.
The services provided to us by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in fiscal years 2018 and 2017 were provided in accordance with our pre-approval policies and procedures, as applicable.

120



PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(1) Financial Statements

We include this portion of Item 15 under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted as the required information is either not present, not present in material amounts or presented within the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

(3) Exhibits

The following list of exhibits includes exhibits submitted with this Form 10-K as filed with the SEC and those incorporated by reference to other filings.
Exhibit Number
 
Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing Date
Filed Herewith
 
S-1
333-296593
3.1
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
3.2
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
4.1
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
4.1(a)
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
4.1(b)
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
4.2
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
4.3
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
4.4
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.1
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.1(a)
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.2
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.2(a)
February 11, 2019
 

121



 
S-1
333-296593
10.3
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.3(a)
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.3(b)
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.4
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.4(a)
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.5
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.5(a)
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.6
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.7
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.8
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.9
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.10
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.11
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.12
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.12(a)
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.13
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.14
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.14(a)
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.15
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.16
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.17
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.18
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.19
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.20
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.21
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.22
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.23
February 11, 2019
 

122



 
S-1
333-296593
10.24
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.25
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.26
February 11, 2019
 
 
S-1
333-296593
10.27
February 11, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
21.1
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
** Confidential treatment of certain provisions has been granted by the SEC.


123



Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None

124



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
BJ’S WHOLESALE CLUB HOLDINGS, INC.

 
 
 
/s/ Christopher J. Baldwin
 
 
 
Christopher J. Baldwin
 
 
 
Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
Dated : March 25, 2019
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated.

/s/ Christopher J. Baldwin
 
 
Christopher J. Baldwin 
Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Robert W. Eddy
 
 
Robert W. Eddy 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Laura L. Felice
 
 
Laura L. Felice
Senior Vice President, Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Cameron Breitner
 
 
Cameron Breitner 
Director
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Nishad Chande
 
 
Nishad Chande 
Director
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

125



/s/ J. Kristofer Galashan
 
 
J. Kristofer Galashan
Director
                        
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lars Haegg
 
 
Lars Haegg
Director
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Ken Parent
 
 
Ken Parent
Director
                  
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Christopher H. Peterson
 
 
Christopher H. Peterson
Director
 
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Jonathan A. Seiffer
 
 
Jonathan A. Seiffer
Director
                  
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Robert Steele
 
 
Robert Steele 
Director
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Judith L. Werthauser
 
 
Judith L. Werthauser Director
 
 
Date: March 25, 2019
 
 

126